https://www.frathwiki.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=RpiereckFrathWiki - User contributions [en]2026-04-04T08:23:24ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.39.8https://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175284Kyoraemal2025-09-30T00:39:00Z<p>Rpiereck: /* VI. Sample Dialogue */</p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja), Japanese, English and other foreign loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal's grammar and syntax are designed for egalitarian communication, prioritizing sincerity and shared intent over social status.<br />
<br />
* '''[[Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax|Detailed Grammar Reference]]'''<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
* '''[[Kyoraemal Lexicon]]'''<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Tobagi Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 나는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Na-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts in narrative form.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Text<br />
! Pronunciation<br />
! English Translation<br />
|-<br />
| 옛날에 골짜기에 어버이와 짝이 살았소.<br />
| Yetnal-e goljjakgi-e eobeoi-wa jjak-i salatso.<br />
| In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.<br />
|-<br />
| 아침이 오자, 어버이는 큰흰뫼로 가세.<br />
| Achim-i oja, eobeoi-neun keunhinmoe-ro gase.<br />
| When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.<br />
|-<br />
| 큰흰뫼는 높이 솟고, 바람은 꿋꿋이 불었소.<br />
| Keunhinmoe-neun nopi sotgo, baram-eun kkutkkut-i bureotso.<br />
| Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.<br />
|-<br />
| 어버이는 무당을 만나 굿을 보았소.<br />
| Eobeoi-neun mudang-eul manna gut-eul boatso.<br />
| The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.<br />
|-<br />
| 무당은 하늘님께 복을 빌었고, 어버이는 마음에 감사했소.<br />
| Mudang-eun Haneulnim-kke bok-eul bireotgo, eobeoi-neun ma-eum-e gamsahaetso.<br />
| The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.<br />
|-<br />
| 복은 큰물처럼 흐르지 아니하고 그치지 않았소.<br />
| Bok-eun keunmul-cheoreom heureuji ani-hago geuchiji anhatso.<br />
| The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.<br />
|-<br />
| 겨레는 함께 웃고 끝이 없이 살았소.<br />
| Gyeore-neun hamkke utgo kkeut-i eop-si salatso.<br />
| The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175282Kyoraemal2025-09-30T00:36:53Z<p>Rpiereck: /* A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) */</p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja), Japanese, English and other foreign loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal's grammar and syntax are designed for egalitarian communication, prioritizing sincerity and shared intent over social status.<br />
<br />
* '''[[Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax|Detailed Grammar Reference]]'''<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
* '''[[Kyoraemal Lexicon]]'''<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Tobagi Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts in narrative form.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Text<br />
! Pronunciation<br />
! English Translation<br />
|-<br />
| 옛날에 골짜기에 어버이와 짝이 살았소.<br />
| Yetnal-e goljjakgi-e eobeoi-wa jjak-i salatso.<br />
| In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.<br />
|-<br />
| 아침이 오자, 어버이는 큰흰뫼로 가세.<br />
| Achim-i oja, eobeoi-neun keunhinmoe-ro gase.<br />
| When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.<br />
|-<br />
| 큰흰뫼는 높이 솟고, 바람은 꿋꿋이 불었소.<br />
| Keunhinmoe-neun nopi sotgo, baram-eun kkutkkut-i bureotso.<br />
| Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.<br />
|-<br />
| 어버이는 무당을 만나 굿을 보았소.<br />
| Eobeoi-neun mudang-eul manna gut-eul boatso.<br />
| The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.<br />
|-<br />
| 무당은 하늘님께 복을 빌었고, 어버이는 마음에 감사했소.<br />
| Mudang-eun Haneulnim-kke bok-eul bireotgo, eobeoi-neun ma-eum-e gamsahaetso.<br />
| The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.<br />
|-<br />
| 복은 큰물처럼 흐르지 아니하고 그치지 않았소.<br />
| Bok-eun keunmul-cheoreom heureuji ani-hago geuchiji anhatso.<br />
| The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.<br />
|-<br />
| 겨레는 함께 웃고 끝이 없이 살았소.<br />
| Gyeore-neun hamkke utgo kkeut-i eop-si salatso.<br />
| The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Lexicon&diff=175280Kyoraemal Lexicon2025-09-30T00:15:25Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Lexicon (토박이 낱말) =<br />
<br />
This lexicon contains core terms unique to Kyoraemal, replacing Sino-Korean (Hanja) words and reflecting the language's egalitarian and native spiritual principles.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational & Spiritual Vocabulary ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land / The Kyoraemal Nation<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''겨레'''<br />
| ''Gyeore''<br />
| Kinship Group / People<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity/Heaven<br />
|-<br />
| '''Ritual'''<br />
| '''굿'''<br />
| ''Gut''<br />
| Shamanic Ritual<br />
|-<br />
| '''Practitioner'''<br />
| '''무당'''<br />
| ''Mudang''<br />
| Shamanic Practitioner<br />
|-<br />
| '''Concept'''<br />
| '''복'''<br />
| ''Bok''<br />
| Divine Fortune<br />
|-<br />
| '''Concept'''<br />
| '''바람'''<br />
| ''Baram''<br />
| Ritual Wish/Prayer<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Egalitarian Kinship and Social Terms ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses these terms to emphasize equality and avoid gender/age hierarchy.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent (Gender-neutral term for Mother or Father)<br />
|-<br />
| '''짝'''<br />
| ''Jjak''<br />
| Spouse/Partner<br />
|-<br />
| '''결속'''<br />
| ''Gyeolsok''<br />
| Family / Unit / Bond<br />
|-<br />
| '''가르치님'''<br />
| ''Gareuchinim''<br />
| Teacher / Professor (Expertise-based title)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Descriptive Geographical Terms ==<br />
<br />
Terms emphasize native Korean roots and natural description.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain (White-Headed Mountain)<br />
|-<br />
| '''한울뫼'''<br />
| ''Hanulmoe''<br />
| Halla Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰흰뫼'''<br />
| ''Keunhinmoe''<br />
| Taebaek Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰물'''<br />
| ''Keunmur''<br />
| River / Great Water<br />
|-<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Quantitative and Spatial Systems ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Number System (Native Koreanic) ===<br />
The system uses **exclusively native Korean numbers** and traditional anchors, avoiding the Sino-Korean system entirely.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Number <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| **0**<br />
| **없음** (Eopseum)<br />
| Absence / Non-existence<br />
|-<br />
| **1-10**<br />
| 하나, 둘, 셋, 넷, 다섯, 여섯, 일곱, 여덟, 아홉, 열<br />
| Base Counting Numbers<br />
|-<br />
| **100**<br />
| **온** (On)<br />
| Anchor for one hundred<br />
|-<br />
| **1,000**<br />
| **즈믄** (Jeumeun)<br />
| Anchor for one thousand<br />
|-<br />
| **10,000**<br />
| **골** (Gol) / **열즈믄** (Yeoljeumeun)<br />
| Anchor for ten thousand<br />
|-<br />
| **1,000,000**<br />
| **즈믄즈믄** (Jeumeunjeumeun)<br />
| One thousand thousands<br />
|}<br />
*Tens (20, 30... 90) use the standard native words: 스물, 서른, 마흔, etc.*<br />
<br />
=== B. Cardinal Directions (Obangsaek System) ===<br />
Directions are based on the traditional Five Colors (Obangsaek).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Direction <br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Literal Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| **East**<br />
| **푸른곳** (pureungot)<br />
| Blue Place<br />
|-<br />
| **West**<br />
| **흰곳** (huingot)<br />
| White Place<br />
|-<br />
| **South**<br />
| **붉은곳** (bulgeungot)<br />
| Red Place<br />
|-<br />
| **North**<br />
| **검은곳** (geomeungot)<br />
| Black Place<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. Cuisine and Food Terms ==<br />
<br />
Terms avoid Sino-Korean influence on food naming.<br />
<br />
| **밥** (bap) | Cooked Rice / Meal<br />
| **짠지** (jjanji) | Kimchi / Pickled Vegetables<br />
| **숨젓** (sumjeot) | Fermented Paste</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Lexicon&diff=175279Kyoraemal Lexicon2025-09-30T00:13:14Z<p>Rpiereck: /* III. Descriptive Geographical Terms */</p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Lexicon (토박이 낱말) =<br />
<br />
This lexicon contains core terms unique to [[Kyoraemal]], replacing foreign (especially Sino-Korean (Hanja)) words and reflecting the language's egalitarian and native spiritual principles.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational & Spiritual Vocabulary ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land / The Kyoraemal Nation<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''겨레'''<br />
| ''Gyeore''<br />
| Kinship Group / People<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity/Heaven<br />
|-<br />
| '''Ritual'''<br />
| '''굿'''<br />
| ''Gut''<br />
| Shamanic Ritual<br />
|-<br />
| '''Practitioner'''<br />
| '''무당'''<br />
| ''Mudang''<br />
| Shamanic Practitioner<br />
|-<br />
| '''Concept'''<br />
| '''복'''<br />
| ''Bok''<br />
| Divine Fortune<br />
|-<br />
| '''Concept'''<br />
| '''바람'''<br />
| ''Baram''<br />
| Ritual Wish/Prayer<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Egalitarian Kinship and Social Terms ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses these terms to emphasize equality and avoid gender/age hierarchy.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent (Gender-neutral term for Mother or Father)<br />
|-<br />
| '''짝'''<br />
| ''Jjak''<br />
| Spouse/Partner<br />
|-<br />
| '''결속'''<br />
| ''Gyeolsok''<br />
| Family / Unit / Bond<br />
|-<br />
| '''가르치님'''<br />
| ''Gareuchinim''<br />
| Teacher / Professor (Expertise-based title)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Descriptive Geographical Terms ==<br />
<br />
Terms emphasize native Korean roots and natural description.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain (White-Headed Mountain)<br />
|-<br />
| '''한울뫼'''<br />
| ''Hanulmoe''<br />
| Halla Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰흰뫼'''<br />
| ''Keunhinmoe''<br />
| Taebaek Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰물'''<br />
| ''Keunmul''<br />
| River / Great Water<br />
|-<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Quantitative and Spatial Systems ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Counting Anchors ===<br />
| **즈믄** (jeumeun) | One Thousand (1,000)<br />
| **열즈믄** (yeoljeumeun) | Ten Thousand (10,000)<br />
<br />
=== B. Cardinal Directions (Obangsaek System) ===<br />
Directions are based on the traditional Five Colors (Obangsaek).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Direction <br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Literal Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| **East**<br />
| **푸른곳** (pureungot)<br />
| Blue Place<br />
|-<br />
| **West**<br />
| **흰곳** (huingot)<br />
| White Place<br />
|-<br />
| **South**<br />
| **붉은곳** (bulgeungot)<br />
| Red Place<br />
|-<br />
| **North**<br />
| **검은곳** (geomeungot)<br />
| Black Place<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. Cuisine and Food Terms ==<br />
<br />
Terms avoid Sino-Korean influence on food naming.<br />
<br />
| **밥** (bap) | Cooked Rice / Meal<br />
| **짠지** (jjanji) | Kimchi / Pickled Vegetables<br />
| **숨젓** (sumjeot) | Fermented Paste</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Lexicon&diff=175278Kyoraemal Lexicon2025-09-30T00:12:21Z<p>Rpiereck: Created page with "= Kyoraemal Lexicon (토박이 낱말) = This lexicon contains core terms unique to Kyoraemal, replacing foreign (especially Sino-Korean (Hanja)) words and reflecting the language's egalitarian and native spiritual principles. == I. Foundational & Spiritual Vocabulary == {| class="wikitable" ! Category ! Kyoraemal Word ! Pronunciation ! English Meaning |- | '''Nation''' | '''토박이 나라''' | ''Tobagi Nara'' | The Native People's Land / The Kyoraemal Nation..."</p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Lexicon (토박이 낱말) =<br />
<br />
This lexicon contains core terms unique to [[Kyoraemal]], replacing foreign (especially Sino-Korean (Hanja)) words and reflecting the language's egalitarian and native spiritual principles.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational & Spiritual Vocabulary ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land / The Kyoraemal Nation<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''겨레'''<br />
| ''Gyeore''<br />
| Kinship Group / People<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity/Heaven<br />
|-<br />
| '''Ritual'''<br />
| '''굿'''<br />
| ''Gut''<br />
| Shamanic Ritual<br />
|-<br />
| '''Practitioner'''<br />
| '''무당'''<br />
| ''Mudang''<br />
| Shamanic Practitioner<br />
|-<br />
| '''Concept'''<br />
| '''복'''<br />
| ''Bok''<br />
| Divine Fortune<br />
|-<br />
| '''Concept'''<br />
| '''바람'''<br />
| ''Baram''<br />
| Ritual Wish/Prayer<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Egalitarian Kinship and Social Terms ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses these terms to emphasize equality and avoid gender/age hierarchy.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent (Gender-neutral term for Mother or Father)<br />
|-<br />
| '''짝'''<br />
| ''Jjak''<br />
| Spouse/Partner<br />
|-<br />
| '''결속'''<br />
| ''Gyeolsok''<br />
| Family / Unit / Bond<br />
|-<br />
| '''가르치님'''<br />
| ''Gareuchinim''<br />
| Teacher / Professor (Expertise-based title)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Descriptive Geographical Terms ==<br />
<br />
Terms emphasize native Korean roots and natural description.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain (White-Headed Mountain)<br />
|-<br />
| '''한울뫼'''<br />
| ''Hanulmoe''<br />
| Halla Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰흰뫼'''<br />
| ''Keunhinmoe''<br />
| Taebaek Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰물'''<br />
| ''Keunmur''<br />
| River / Great Water<br />
|-<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Quantitative and Spatial Systems ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Counting Anchors ===<br />
| **즈믄** (jeumeun) | One Thousand (1,000)<br />
| **열즈믄** (yeoljeumeun) | Ten Thousand (10,000)<br />
<br />
=== B. Cardinal Directions (Obangsaek System) ===<br />
Directions are based on the traditional Five Colors (Obangsaek).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Direction <br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Literal Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| **East**<br />
| **푸른곳** (pureungot)<br />
| Blue Place<br />
|-<br />
| **West**<br />
| **흰곳** (huingot)<br />
| White Place<br />
|-<br />
| **South**<br />
| **붉은곳** (bulgeungot)<br />
| Red Place<br />
|-<br />
| **North**<br />
| **검은곳** (geomeungot)<br />
| Black Place<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. Cuisine and Food Terms ==<br />
<br />
Terms avoid Sino-Korean influence on food naming.<br />
<br />
| **밥** (bap) | Cooked Rice / Meal<br />
| **짠지** (jjanji) | Kimchi / Pickled Vegetables<br />
| **숨젓** (sumjeot) | Fermented Paste</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175277Kyoraemal2025-09-30T00:11:41Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja), Japanese, English and other foreign loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal's grammar and syntax are designed for egalitarian communication, prioritizing sincerity and shared intent over social status.<br />
<br />
* '''[[Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax|Detailed Grammar Reference]]'''<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
* '''[[Kyoraemal Lexicon]]'''<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts in narrative form.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Text<br />
! Pronunciation<br />
! English Translation<br />
|-<br />
| 옛날에 골짜기에 어버이와 짝이 살았소.<br />
| Yetnal-e goljjakgi-e eobeoi-wa jjak-i salatso.<br />
| In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.<br />
|-<br />
| 아침이 오자, 어버이는 큰흰뫼로 가세.<br />
| Achim-i oja, eobeoi-neun keunhinmoe-ro gase.<br />
| When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.<br />
|-<br />
| 큰흰뫼는 높이 솟고, 바람은 꿋꿋이 불었소.<br />
| Keunhinmoe-neun nopi sotgo, baram-eun kkutkkut-i bureotso.<br />
| Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.<br />
|-<br />
| 어버이는 무당을 만나 굿을 보았소.<br />
| Eobeoi-neun mudang-eul manna gut-eul boatso.<br />
| The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.<br />
|-<br />
| 무당은 하늘님께 복을 빌었고, 어버이는 마음에 감사했소.<br />
| Mudang-eun Haneulnim-kke bok-eul bireotgo, eobeoi-neun ma-eum-e gamsahaetso.<br />
| The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.<br />
|-<br />
| 복은 큰물처럼 흐르지 아니하고 그치지 않았소.<br />
| Bok-eun keunmul-cheoreom heureuji ani-hago geuchiji anhatso.<br />
| The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.<br />
|-<br />
| 겨레는 함께 웃고 끝이 없이 살았소.<br />
| Gyeore-neun hamkke utgo kkeut-i eop-si salatso.<br />
| The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175276Kyoraemal2025-09-30T00:09:54Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja), Japanese, English and other foreign loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal's grammar and syntax are designed for egalitarian communication, prioritizing sincerity and shared intent over social status.<br />
<br />
* '''[[Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax|Detailed Grammar Reference]]'''<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts in narrative form.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Text<br />
! Pronunciation<br />
! English Translation<br />
|-<br />
| 옛날에 골짜기에 어버이와 짝이 살았소.<br />
| Yetnal-e goljjakgi-e eobeoi-wa jjak-i salatso.<br />
| In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.<br />
|-<br />
| 아침이 오자, 어버이는 큰흰뫼로 가세.<br />
| Achim-i oja, eobeoi-neun keunhinmoe-ro gase.<br />
| When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.<br />
|-<br />
| 큰흰뫼는 높이 솟고, 바람은 꿋꿋이 불었소.<br />
| Keunhinmoe-neun nopi sotgo, baram-eun kkutkkut-i bureotso.<br />
| Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.<br />
|-<br />
| 어버이는 무당을 만나 굿을 보았소.<br />
| Eobeoi-neun mudang-eul manna gut-eul boatso.<br />
| The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.<br />
|-<br />
| 무당은 하늘님께 복을 빌었고, 어버이는 마음에 감사했소.<br />
| Mudang-eun Haneulnim-kke bok-eul bireotgo, eobeoi-neun ma-eum-e gamsahaetso.<br />
| The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.<br />
|-<br />
| 복은 큰물처럼 흐르지 아니하고 그치지 않았소.<br />
| Bok-eun keunmul-cheoreom heureuji ani-hago geuchiji anhatso.<br />
| The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.<br />
|-<br />
| 겨레는 함께 웃고 끝이 없이 살았소.<br />
| Gyeore-neun hamkke utgo kkeut-i eop-si salatso.<br />
| The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Grammar_and_Syntax&diff=175275Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax2025-09-30T00:09:22Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax =<br />
<br />
'''[[Kyoraemal]] Grammar''' is defined by its core principles: the complete elimination of Confucian-era **honorifics** and reliance on **pure native Koreanic** roots. It features an **egalitarian** sentence structure that values sincerity and shared intent over social hierarchy.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational Structure and Core Principles ==<br />
<br />
* '''Word Order:''' Kyoraemal uses the standard **SOV** (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
* '''Egalitarianism:''' The language strictly avoids all forms of *jondaetmal* (honorific/deferential speech). All speakers use the same verb forms.<br />
* '''Lexical Source:''' The lexicon is built exclusively on **native Koreanic roots**, avoiding Sino-Korean (Hanja) words.<br />
<br />
=== A. Vowel Harmony and Poetics (Heureumsi) ===<br />
The language uses Vowel Harmony as an aesthetic principle that governs formal and poetic speech, particularly within its official poetic style, **Heureumsi** (흐름시 - Flowing Verse), which is based on a three-foot rhythmic pulse.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Aesthetic Term <br />
! Vowels Used <br />
! Connotation<br />
|-<br />
| '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'')<br />
| ㅏ, ㅗ (Bright Vowels)<br />
| Light, Loud, Active, Quick, Fire<br />
|-<br />
| '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'')<br />
| ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ (Deep Vowels)<br />
| Dark, Soft, Passive, Slow, Heavy, Earth<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Particles and Markers ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Non-Hierarchical Final Particles (Tonal) ===<br />
These particles attach to the verb stem or end of a clause to convey the **tone or intent**, not social status.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| **Sincerity and Conviction.**<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| **Softening / Contextual Deference.**<br />
| ''평안이오'' (Peace/Hello, softening.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| **Shared Action / Cooperation.**<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== B. Grammatical Particles (Nouns) ===<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-이''' ('' -i'') / **-는** ('' -neun'')<br />
| **Subject** / **Topic** Markers.<br />
| ''사람이 / 사람은'' (the person as subject / as for the person)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-을/-를''' (''-eul/-reul'')<br />
| **Object** Particle.<br />
| ''밥을 먹다'' (eat the meal)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-의''' ('' -ui'')<br />
| **Possessive** Particle.<br />
| ''나의'' (my)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-(으)ㅁ이''' ('' -(eu)m-i'') <br />
| **Adverbial** Particle (from verb/adj stem).<br />
| ''꿋꿋이'' (stoutly/firmly)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-와/-과''' (''-wa/-gwa'')<br />
| **Conjunction** (linking nouns).<br />
| ''해와 달'' (sun and moon)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-으로''' ('' -euro'')<br />
| **Adverbial** (To/Towards).<br />
| ''집으로'' (to the house)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Verb and Adjective Conjugations ==<br />
Adjectives are verbal and conjugate identically to verbs. The base form ends in **-다** (-da).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Tense/Mood <br />
! Conjugation Rule <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| **Declarative (Present)**<br />
| Base form **-다** (-da).<br />
| ''먹다'' (He eats.)<br />
|-<br />
| **Interrogative (Question)**<br />
| **-ㄴ가** (-n-ga).<br />
| ''먹는가?'' (Are you eating?)<br />
|-<br />
| **Imperative (Command)**<br />
| **-라** (-ra).<br />
| ''먹어라!'' (Eat!)<br />
|-<br />
| **Past Tense**<br />
| **-았-** (yang) or **-었-** (yin/neutral) + **-다**.<br />
| ''먹었다'' (ate), ''갔다'' (went).<br />
|-<br />
| **Future Tense**<br />
| **-을-** (yin/neutral) or **-알-** (yang) + **-다**.<br />
| ''먹을다'' (will eat), ''갈다'' (will go).<br />
|-<br />
| **Adjectival Clause**<br />
| **-은** (consonant) / **-ㄴ** (vowel)<br />
| ''큰 나무'' (a big tree)<br />
|-<br />
| **Verb Conjunction**<br />
| Verb stem + **-고** (-go)<br />
| ''먹고, 간다.'' (He eats and goes.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Negation and Existential Verbs ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses native roots for all negation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Type <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Usage Example<br />
|-<br />
| **Inability (Short)**<br />
| **못** (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| **General Negation (Long)**<br />
| Verb stem + **아니하다** (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| **Absence / "To not exist"**<br />
| **없다** (''eopda'')<br />
| ''돈이 없다'' (There is no money.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. Core Cultural and Lexical Systems ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Respect and Kinship Terms ===<br />
| **-님** ('' -nim'') | **Reverence Marker** for spiritual entities/high expertise.<br />
| **어버이** (eobeoi) | Parent (Father or Mother)<br />
| **짝** (jjak) | Spouse/Partner<br />
| **결속** (gyeolsok) | Family (Unit)<br />
<br />
=== B. Quantitative and Spatial Systems ===<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! System <br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| **Zero/None**<br />
| **없음** (eopseum)<br />
| Zero / Non-existence<br />
|-<br />
| **Anchor (1,000)**<br />
| **즈믄** (jeumeun)<br />
| One Thousand<br />
|-<br />
| **Anchor (10,000)**<br />
| **열즈믄** (yeoljeumeun)<br />
| Ten Thousand<br />
|-<br />
| **East** (Blue)<br />
| **푸른곳** (pureungot)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| **West** (White)<br />
| **흰곳** (huingot)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| **South** (Red)<br />
| **붉은곳** (bulgeungot)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| **North** (Black)<br />
| **검은곳** (geomeungot)<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Grammar_and_Syntax&diff=175274Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax2025-09-30T00:07:00Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal Grammar''' is defined by its core principles: the complete elimination of Confucian-era **honorifics** and reliance on **pure native Koreanic** roots. It features an **egalitarian** sentence structure that values sincerity and shared intent over social hierarchy.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational Structure and Core Principles ==<br />
<br />
* '''Word Order:''' Kyoraemal uses the standard **SOV** (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
* '''Egalitarianism:''' The language strictly avoids all forms of *jondaetmal* (honorific/deferential speech). All speakers use the same verb forms.<br />
* '''Lexical Source:''' The lexicon is built exclusively on **native Koreanic roots**, avoiding Sino-Korean (Hanja) words.<br />
<br />
=== A. Vowel Harmony and Poetics (Heureumsi) ===<br />
The language uses Vowel Harmony as an aesthetic principle that governs formal and poetic speech, particularly within its official poetic style, **Heureumsi** (흐름시 - Flowing Verse), which is based on a three-foot rhythmic pulse.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Aesthetic Term <br />
! Vowels Used <br />
! Connotation<br />
|-<br />
| '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'')<br />
| ㅏ, ㅗ (Bright Vowels)<br />
| Light, Loud, Active, Quick, Fire<br />
|-<br />
| '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'')<br />
| ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ (Deep Vowels)<br />
| Dark, Soft, Passive, Slow, Heavy, Earth<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Particles and Markers ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Non-Hierarchical Final Particles (Tonal) ===<br />
These particles attach to the verb stem or end of a clause to convey the **tone or intent**, not social status.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| **Sincerity and Conviction.**<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| **Softening / Contextual Deference.**<br />
| ''평안이오'' (Peace/Hello, softening.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| **Shared Action / Cooperation.**<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== B. Grammatical Particles (Nouns) ===<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-이''' ('' -i'') / **-는** ('' -neun'')<br />
| **Subject** / **Topic** Markers.<br />
| ''사람이 / 사람은'' (the person as subject / as for the person)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-을/-를''' (''-eul/-reul'')<br />
| **Object** Particle.<br />
| ''밥을 먹다'' (eat the meal)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-의''' ('' -ui'')<br />
| **Possessive** Particle.<br />
| ''나의'' (my)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-(으)ㅁ이''' ('' -(eu)m-i'') <br />
| **Adverbial** Particle (from verb/adj stem).<br />
| ''꿋꿋이'' (stoutly/firmly)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-와/-과''' (''-wa/-gwa'')<br />
| **Conjunction** (linking nouns).<br />
| ''해와 달'' (sun and moon)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-으로''' ('' -euro'')<br />
| **Adverbial** (To/Towards).<br />
| ''집으로'' (to the house)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Verb and Adjective Conjugations ==<br />
Adjectives are verbal and conjugate identically to verbs. The base form ends in **-다** (-da).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Tense/Mood <br />
! Conjugation Rule <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| **Declarative (Present)**<br />
| Base form **-다** (-da).<br />
| ''먹다'' (He eats.)<br />
|-<br />
| **Interrogative (Question)**<br />
| **-ㄴ가** (-n-ga).<br />
| ''먹는가?'' (Are you eating?)<br />
|-<br />
| **Imperative (Command)**<br />
| **-라** (-ra).<br />
| ''먹어라!'' (Eat!)<br />
|-<br />
| **Past Tense**<br />
| **-았-** (yang) or **-었-** (yin/neutral) + **-다**.<br />
| ''먹었다'' (ate), ''갔다'' (went).<br />
|-<br />
| **Future Tense**<br />
| **-을-** (yin/neutral) or **-알-** (yang) + **-다**.<br />
| ''먹을다'' (will eat), ''갈다'' (will go).<br />
|-<br />
| **Adjectival Clause**<br />
| **-은** (consonant) / **-ㄴ** (vowel)<br />
| ''큰 나무'' (a big tree)<br />
|-<br />
| **Verb Conjunction**<br />
| Verb stem + **-고** (-go)<br />
| ''먹고, 간다.'' (He eats and goes.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Negation and Existential Verbs ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses native roots for all negation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Type <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Usage Example<br />
|-<br />
| **Inability (Short)**<br />
| **못** (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| **General Negation (Long)**<br />
| Verb stem + **아니하다** (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| **Absence / "To not exist"**<br />
| **없다** (''eopda'')<br />
| ''돈이 없다'' (There is no money.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. Core Cultural and Lexical Systems ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Respect and Kinship Terms ===<br />
| **-님** ('' -nim'') | **Reverence Marker** for spiritual entities/high expertise.<br />
| **어버이** (eobeoi) | Parent (Father or Mother)<br />
| **짝** (jjak) | Spouse/Partner<br />
| **결속** (gyeolsok) | Family (Unit)<br />
<br />
=== B. Quantitative and Spatial Systems ===<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! System <br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| **Zero/None**<br />
| **없음** (eopseum)<br />
| Zero / Non-existence<br />
|-<br />
| **Anchor (1,000)**<br />
| **즈믄** (jeumeun)<br />
| One Thousand<br />
|-<br />
| **Anchor (10,000)**<br />
| **열즈믄** (yeoljeumeun)<br />
| Ten Thousand<br />
|-<br />
| **East** (Blue)<br />
| **푸른곳** (pureungot)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| **West** (White)<br />
| **흰곳** (huingot)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| **South** (Red)<br />
| **붉은곳** (bulgeungot)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| **North** (Black)<br />
| **검은곳** (geomeungot)<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Grammar_and_Syntax&diff=175273Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax2025-09-30T00:06:15Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal Grammar''' is defined by its foundational principle: the complete elimination of Confucian-era **honorifics** and reliance on **pure native Koreanic** roots. It features an **egalitarian** sentence structure that values sincerity and shared intent over social hierarchy.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational Structure and Core Principles ==<br />
<br />
* '''Word Order:''' Kyoraemal uses the standard **SOV** (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
* '''Egalitarianism:''' All speakers use the same verb endings and particles. The language strictly avoids all forms of *jondaetmal* (honorific/deferential speech).<br />
* '''Lexical Source:''' The language uses only **native Koreanic roots**, avoiding Sino-Korean (Hanja) words.<br />
<br />
=== A. Vowel Harmony and Poetics (Heureumsi) ===<br />
The language features an aesthetic principle that governs formal and poetic speech, particularly within its official poetic style, **Heureumsi** (흐름시 - Flowing Verse), which is based on a three-foot rhythmic pulse.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Aesthetic Term <br />
! Vowels Used <br />
! Connotation<br />
|-<br />
| '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'')<br />
| ㅏ, ㅗ (Bright Vowels)<br />
| Light, Loud, Active, Quick, Fire<br />
|-<br />
| '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'')<br />
| ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ (Deep Vowels)<br />
| Dark, Soft, Passive, Slow, Heavy, Earth<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Particles and Markers ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Non-Hierarchical Final Particles (Tonal) ===<br />
These particles convey the **tone or intent** of the statement, rather than the social status of the listener.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| **Sincerity and Conviction.**<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| **Softening / Contextual Deference.**<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| **Shared Action / Cooperation.**<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-님''' ('' -nim'') <br />
| **Reverence Marker.** Used only for high expertise (e.g., 가르치님) or spiritual entities (e.g., 하늘님).<br />
| ''하늘님'' (The Supreme Deity.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== B. Grammatical Particles (Nouns) ===<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-이''' ('' -i'') / **-는** ('' -neun'')<br />
| **Subject** / **Topic** Markers.<br />
| ''사람이 / 사람은'' (the person as subject / as for the person)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-을/-를''' (''-eul/-reul'')<br />
| **Object** Particle.<br />
| ''밥을 먹다'' (eat the meal)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-의''' ('' -ui'')<br />
| **Possessive** Particle.<br />
| ''나의'' (my)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-(으)ㅁ이''' ('' -(eu)m-i'') <br />
| **Adverbial** Particle (from verb/adjective stem).<br />
| ''꿋꿋이'' (stoutly/firmly)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-와/-과''' (''-wa/-gwa'')<br />
| **Conjunction** (linking nouns).<br />
| ''해와 달'' (sun and moon)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Verb and Adjective Conjugations ==<br />
Adjectives are verbal and conjugate exactly like verbs. The base form ends in **-다** (-da).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Tense/Mood <br />
! Conjugation Rule <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| **Declarative (Present)**<br />
| Base form **-다** (-da).<br />
| ''먹다'' (He eats.)<br />
|-<br />
| **Interrogative (Question)**<br />
| **-ㄴ가** (-n-ga).<br />
| ''먹는가?'' (Are you eating?)<br />
|-<br />
| **Imperative (Command)**<br />
| **-라** (-ra).<br />
| ''먹어라!'' (Eat!)<br />
|-<br />
| **Past Tense**<br />
| **-았-** (yang) or **-었-** (yin/neutral) + **-다**.<br />
| ''먹었다'' (ate), ''갔다'' (went).<br />
|-<br />
| **Future Tense**<br />
| **-을-** (yin/neutral) or **-알-** (yang) + **-다**.<br />
| ''먹을다'' (will eat), ''갈다'' (will go).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Negation and Existential Verbs ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses native roots for all negation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Type <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Usage Example<br />
|-<br />
| **Inability (Short)**<br />
| **못** (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| **General Negation (Long)**<br />
| Verb stem + **아니하다** (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| **Absence / "To not exist"**<br />
| **없다** (''eopda'')<br />
| ''돈이 없다'' (There is no money.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. Core Cultural and Lexical Systems ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Kinship and Relational Terms (Egalitarian) ===<br />
| **어버이** (eobeoi) | Parent (Father or Mother)<br />
| **짝** (jjak) | Spouse/Partner<br />
| **결속** (gyeolsok) | Family (Unit)<br />
<br />
=== B. Spiritual Vocabulary ===<br />
| **하늘님** (haneulnim) | The Supreme Deity/Heaven<br />
| **무당** (mudang) | Shamanic Practitioner<br />
| **굿** (gut) | Shamanic Ritual<br />
| **복** (bok) | Divine Fortune<br />
<br />
=== C. Quantitative and Spatial Systems ===<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! System <br />
! Kyoraemal Term <br />
! Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| **Counting Anchor**<br />
| **즈믄** (jeumeun)<br />
| One Thousand (1,000)<br />
|-<br />
| **Counting Anchor**<br />
| **열즈믄** (yeoljeumeun)<br />
| Ten Thousand (10,000)<br />
|-<br />
| **Direction (East)**<br />
| **푸른곳** (pureungot)<br />
| East (Blue Place)<br />
|-<br />
| **Direction (West)**<br />
| **흰곳** (huingot)<br />
| West (White Place)<br />
|-<br />
| **Direction (South)**<br />
| **붉은곳** (bulgeungot)<br />
| South (Red Place)<br />
|-<br />
| **Direction (North)**<br />
| **검은곳** (geomeungot)<br />
| North (Black Place)<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Grammar_and_Syntax&diff=175272Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax2025-09-30T00:03:57Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal Grammar''' is defined by its foundational principle: the complete elimination of Confucian-era **honorifics** and reliance on **pure native Koreanic** roots. It features an **egalitarian** sentence structure that values sincerity and shared intent over social hierarchy.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational Structure and Core Principles ==<br />
<br />
* '''Word Order:''' Kyoraemal uses the standard **SOV** (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
* '''Egalitarianism:''' All speakers use the same verb endings and particles. The language strictly avoids all forms of *jondaetmal* (honorific/deferential speech).<br />
* '''Lexical Source:''' The language uses only native Koreanic roots, avoiding Sino-Korean (Hanja) words.<br />
<br />
=== A. Vowel Harmony (Aesthetics) ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses Vowel Harmony as an aesthetic principle that governs word usage in poetics (known as **Heureumsi** - 흐름시, Flowing Verse):<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Aesthetic Term <br />
! Vowels Used <br />
! Connotation<br />
|-<br />
| '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'')<br />
| ㅏ, ㅗ (Bright Vowels)<br />
| Light, Loud, Active, Quick, Fire<br />
|-<br />
| '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'')<br />
| ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ (Deep Vowels)<br />
| Dark, Soft, Passive, Slow, Earth<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Particles and Markers ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Non-Hierarchical Final Particles ===<br />
These particles convey the **tone or intent** of the statement, rather than the social status of the listener.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| **Sincerity and Conviction.**<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| **Softening / Contextual Deference.**<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| **Shared Action / Cooperation.**<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-님''' ('' -nim'') <br />
| **Reverence Marker.** Used only for high expertise/professional titles (e.g., 가르치님) or spiritual entities.<br />
| ''하늘님'' (The Supreme Deity.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== B. Grammatical Particles ===<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Notes<br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-이''' ('' -i'') <br />
| **Subject Particle.** Used universally for subjects.<br />
| ''사람이'' (the person as subject)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-는''' ('' -neun'') <br />
| **Topic Particle.** Used universally for topics.<br />
| ''사람은'' (as for the person)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-을/-를''' (''-eul/-reul'')<br />
| **Object Particle.**<br />
| ''밥을'' (rice as object)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-의''' ('' -ui'')<br />
| **Possessive Particle.**<br />
| ''나의'' (my)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-(으)ㅁ이''' ('' -(eu)m-i'') <br />
| **Adverbial Particle.** Transforms words into adverbs (e.g., 깊다 → 깊이).<br />
| ''꿋꿋이'' (stoutly/firmly)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-와/-과''' (''-wa/-gwa'')<br />
| **Conjunction** (linking nouns).<br />
| ''해와 달'' (sun and moon)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Verb Conjugations ==<br />
Adjectives and verbs conjugate identically. The base form ends in **-다** (-da).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Tense/Mood <br />
! Conjugation Rule <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| **Declarative (Present)**<br />
| Base form **-다** (-da).<br />
| ''먹다'' (He eats/It is eating.)<br />
|-<br />
| **Interrogative (Question)**<br />
| **-ㄴ가** (-n-ga) for all questions.<br />
| ''먹는가?'' (Are you eating?)<br />
|-<br />
| **Imperative (Command)**<br />
| **-라** (-ra).<br />
| ''먹어라!'' (Eat!)<br />
|-<br />
| **Past Tense**<br />
| **-았-** (yang vowels) or **-었-** (yin/neutral vowels) + **-다**.<br />
| ''갔다'' (went), ''먹었다'' (ate).<br />
|-<br />
| **Future Tense**<br />
| **-을-/-알-** + **-다**.<br />
| ''먹을다'' (will eat), ''갈다'' (will go).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Negation and Existential Verbs ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal relies on native roots for all negation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Type <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Usage Example<br />
|-<br />
| **Inability (Short)**<br />
| **못** (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| **General Negation (Long)**<br />
| Verb stem + **아니하다** (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| **Absence / "To not exist"**<br />
| **없다** (''eopda'')<br />
| ''돈이 없다'' (There is no money.)<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Grammar_and_Syntax&diff=175271Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax2025-09-30T00:02:35Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal Grammar''' is defined by its foundational principle: the complete elimination of Confucian-era **honorifics** and reliance on **pure native Koreanic** roots. It features an egalitarian sentence structure that values sincerity and shared intent over social hierarchy.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational Structure ==<br />
<br />
* '''Word Order:''' Kyoraemal uses the standard **SOV** (Subject-Object-Verb) structure (e.g., *Subject* + *Object* + *Verb* + *Particle*).<br />
* '''Egalitarianism:''' All speakers, regardless of age or status, use the same verb endings and particles. The language avoids all forms of *jondaetmal* (honorific/deferential speech) in favor of tonal particles.<br />
<br />
=== A. Poetic and Aesthetic Principles ===<br />
Kyoraemal incorporates aesthetic constraints that govern formal and poetic speech, particularly within its official poetic style, **Heureumsi** (흐름시 - Flowing Verse).<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Aesthetic Term <br />
! Vowels Used <br />
! Connotation<br />
|-<br />
| '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'')<br />
| ㅏ, ㅗ (Bright Vowels)<br />
| Light, Loud, Active, Quick, Fire<br />
|-<br />
| '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'')<br />
| ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ (Deep Vowels)<br />
| Dark, Soft, Passive, Slow, Earth<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Non-Hierarchical Final Particles ==<br />
<br />
These particles convey the **tone or intent** of the statement, rather than the social status of the listener.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| **Sincerity and Conviction.** Used to express certainty or belief.<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| **Softening / Contextual Deference.** Used to make a statement or question gentler or more polite.<br />
| ''평안이오'' (Peace/Hello, softening.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| **Shared Action / Cooperation.** Used when proposing an action to be done together.<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-님''' ('' -nim'') <br />
| **Reverence Marker.** Used as a suffix to certain nouns (like '''하늘님''') to show deep, non-hierarchical respect to a spiritual entity or revered concept.<br />
| ''하늘님'' (The Supreme Deity/Heaven.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-(으)ㅁ이''' ('' -(eu)m-i'') <br />
| **Adverbial Particle.** Used to turn a verb or adjective root into an adverb.<br />
| ''힘씀에 고맙소'' (Lit: Thankful for the effort/act of exerting strength.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Negation and Existential Verbs ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal relies on native roots for all negation.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Type <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Usage Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb stem + **아니하다** (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| **없다** (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / To not have existence.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Verbal Roots ==<br />
The language relies on fundamental native verbs for its core actions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Root <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''살다'''<br />
| ''salda''<br />
| To live<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''솟다'''<br />
| ''sotda''<br />
| To rise / To soar<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''흐르다'''<br />
| ''heureuda''<br />
| To flow<br />
| <br />
| '''하다'''<br />
| ''hada''<br />
| To do / To be (auxiliary)<br />
| Used as a base for many actions.<br />
|-<br />
| '''돌보다'''<br />
| ''dolboda''<br />
| To care for / To look after<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal_Grammar_and_Syntax&diff=175270Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax2025-09-30T00:01:38Z<p>Rpiereck: Created page with "= Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax = '''Kyoraemal Grammar''' is defined by its foundational principle: the complete elimination of Confucian-era **honorifics** and reliance on **pure native Koreanic** roots. It features an egalitarian sentence structure that values sincerity and shared intent over social hierarchy. == I. Foundational Structure == * '''Word Order:''' Kyoraemal uses the standard **SOV** (Subject-Object-Verb) structure. * '''Egalitarianism:''' All speakers,..."</p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal Grammar''' is defined by its foundational principle: the complete elimination of Confucian-era **honorifics** and reliance on **pure native Koreanic** roots. It features an egalitarian sentence structure that values sincerity and shared intent over social hierarchy.<br />
<br />
== I. Foundational Structure ==<br />
<br />
* '''Word Order:''' Kyoraemal uses the standard **SOV** (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
* '''Egalitarianism:''' All speakers, regardless of age or status, use the same verb endings and particles. The language avoids all forms of *jondaetmal* (honorific/deferential speech).<br />
<br />
=== Vowel Harmony (밝은소리 / 짙은소리) ===<br />
While the grammar is egalitarian, the language features an aesthetic principle that governs word usage in poetry and formal speech, known as **Heureumsi** (흐름시 - Flowing Verse):<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Aesthetic Term <br />
! Vowels Used <br />
! Connotation<br />
|-<br />
| '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'')<br />
| ㅏ, ㅗ (Bright Vowels)<br />
| Light, Loud, Active, Quick, Fire<br />
|-<br />
| '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'')<br />
| ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ (Deep Vowels)<br />
| Dark, Soft, Passive, Slow, Earth<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Non-Hierarchical Final Particles ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles to convey the **tone or intent** of the statement, rather than the social status of the listener.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| **Sincerity and Conviction.** Used to express certainty or belief.<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| **Softening / Contextual Deference.** Used to make a statement or question gentler or more polite.<br />
| ''평안이오'' (Peace/Hello, softening.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| **Shared Action / Cooperation.** Used when proposing an action to be done together.<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-ㅁ이''' ('' -m-i'') <br />
| **Adverbial.** Used to turn a verb root into an adverb.<br />
| ''꿋꿋이 살리'' (We shall live stoutly.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Negation and Existential Verbs ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal relies on native roots for all negation, avoiding Sino-Korean forms.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Type <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Usage Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb stem + **아니하다** (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| **없다** (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / To not have existence.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Verbal Roots ==<br />
The language relies on fundamental native verbs for its core actions.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Root <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''살다'''<br />
| ''salda''<br />
| To live<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''솟다'''<br />
| ''sotda''<br />
| To rise / To soar<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''흐르다'''<br />
| ''heureuda''<br />
| To flow<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하다'''<br />
| ''hada''<br />
| To do / To be (auxiliary)<br />
| Used as a base for many actions.<br />
|-<br />
| '''돌보다'''<br />
| ''dolboda''<br />
| To care for / To look after<br />
| <br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175269Kyoraemal2025-09-30T00:01:22Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal's grammar and syntax are designed for egalitarian communication, prioritizing sincerity and shared intent over social status.<br />
<br />
* '''[[Kyoraemal Grammar and Syntax|Detailed Grammar Reference]]'''<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts in narrative form.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Text<br />
! Pronunciation<br />
! English Translation<br />
|-<br />
| 옛날에 골짜기에 어버이와 짝이 살았소.<br />
| Yetnal-e goljjakgi-e eobeoi-wa jjak-i salatso.<br />
| In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.<br />
|-<br />
| 아침이 오자, 어버이는 큰흰뫼로 가세.<br />
| Achim-i oja, eobeoi-neun keunhinmoe-ro gase.<br />
| When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.<br />
|-<br />
| 큰흰뫼는 높이 솟고, 바람은 꿋꿋이 불었소.<br />
| Keunhinmoe-neun nopi sotgo, baram-eun kkutkkut-i bureotso.<br />
| Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.<br />
|-<br />
| 어버이는 무당을 만나 굿을 보았소.<br />
| Eobeoi-neun mudang-eul manna gut-eul boatso.<br />
| The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.<br />
|-<br />
| 무당은 하늘님께 복을 빌었고, 어버이는 마음에 감사했소.<br />
| Mudang-eun Haneulnim-kke bok-eul bireotgo, eobeoi-neun ma-eum-e gamsahaetso.<br />
| The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.<br />
|-<br />
| 복은 큰물처럼 흐르지 아니하고 그치지 않았소.<br />
| Bok-eun keunmul-cheoreom heureuji ani-hago geuchiji anhatso.<br />
| The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.<br />
|-<br />
| 겨레는 함께 웃고 끝이 없이 살았소.<br />
| Gyeore-neun hamkke utgo kkeut-i eop-si salatso.<br />
| The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175268Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:56:16Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts in narrative form.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Text<br />
! Pronunciation<br />
! English Translation<br />
|-<br />
| 옛날에 골짜기에 어버이와 짝이 살았소.<br />
| Yetnal-e goljjakgi-e eobeoi-wa jjak-i salatso.<br />
| In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.<br />
|-<br />
| 아침이 오자, 어버이는 큰흰뫼로 가세.<br />
| Achim-i oja, eobeoi-neun keunhinmoe-ro gase.<br />
| When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.<br />
|-<br />
| 큰흰뫼는 높이 솟고, 바람은 꿋꿋이 불었소.<br />
| Keunhinmoe-neun nopi sotgo, baram-eun kkutkkut-i bureotso.<br />
| Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.<br />
|-<br />
| 어버이는 무당을 만나 굿을 보았소.<br />
| Eobeoi-neun mudang-eul manna gut-eul boatso.<br />
| The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.<br />
|-<br />
| 무당은 하늘님께 복을 빌었고, 어버이는 마음에 감사했소.<br />
| Mudang-eun Haneulnim-kke bok-eul bireotgo, eobeoi-neun ma-eum-e gamsahaetso.<br />
| The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.<br />
|-<br />
| 복은 큰물처럼 흐르지 아니하고 그치지 않았소.<br />
| Bok-eun keunmul-cheoreom heureuji ani-hago geuchiji anhatso.<br />
| The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.<br />
|-<br />
| 겨레는 함께 웃고 끝이 없이 살았소.<br />
| Gyeore-neun hamkke utgo kkeut-i eop-si salatso.<br />
| The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175267Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:55:22Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Text<br />
! Pronunciation and English Translation<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
<div style="font-size: 110%;"><br />
<poem><br />
옛날에 골짜기에 어버이와 짝이 살았소.<br />
아침이 오자, 어버이는 큰흰뫼로 가세.<br />
큰흰뫼는 높이 솟고, 바람은 꿋꿋이 불었소.<br />
어버이는 무당을 만나 굿을 보았소.<br />
무당은 하늘님께 복을 빌었고, 어버이는 마음에 감사했소.<br />
복은 큰물처럼 흐르지 아니하고 그치지 않았소.<br />
겨레는 함께 웃고 끝이 없이 살았소.<br />
</poem><br />
</div><br />
|<br />
<pre style="font-size: 90%;"><br />
'''Pronunciation'''<br />
Yetnal-e goljjakgi-e eobeoi-wa jjak-i salatso.<br />
Achim-i oja, eobeoi-neun keunhinmoe-ro gase.<br />
Keunhinmoe-neun nopi sotgo, baram-eun kkutkkut-i bureotso.<br />
Eobeoi-neun mudang-eul manna gut-eul boatso.<br />
Mudang-eun Haneulnim-kke bok-eul bireotgo, eobeoi-neun ma-eum-e gamsahaetso.<br />
Bok-eun keunmul-cheoreom heureuji ani-hago geuchiji anhatso.<br />
Gyeore-neun hamkke utgo kkeut-i eop-si salatso.<br />
<br />
'''English Translation'''<br />
In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.<br />
When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.<br />
Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.<br />
The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.<br />
The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.<br />
The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.<br />
The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.<br />
</pre><br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175266Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:53:42Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal Text<br />
! Pronunciation<br />
! English Translation<br />
|-<br />
| <pre><br />
옛날에 '''골짜기'''에 '''어버이'''와 '''짝'''이 살았소.<br />
아침이 오자, '''어버이'''는 '''큰흰뫼'''로 가세.<br />
'''큰흰뫼'''는 높이 '''솟고''', '''바람'''은 '''꿋꿋이''' 불었소.<br />
'''어버이'''는 '''무당'''을 만나 '''굿'''을 보았소.<br />
'''무당'''은 '''하늘님'''께 '''복'''을 빌었고, '''어버이'''는 '''마음'''에 감사했소.<br />
'''복'''은 '''큰물'''처럼 '''흐르지 아니하고''' 그치지 않았소.<br />
'''겨레'''는 '''함께 웃고''' '''끝이 없이''' 살았소.<br />
</pre><br />
| <pre><br />
Yetnal-e goljjakgi-e eobeoi-wa jjak-i salatso.<br />
Achim-i oja, eobeoi-neun keunhinmoe-ro gase.<br />
Keunhinmoe-neun nopi sotgo, baram-eun kkutkkut-i bureotso.<br />
Eobeoi-neun mudang-eul manna gut-eul boatso.<br />
Mudang-eun Haneulnim-kke bok-eul bireotgo, eobeoi-neun ma-eum-e gamsahaetso.<br />
Bok-eun keunmul-cheoreom heureuji ani-hago geuchiji anhatso.<br />
Gyeore-neun hamkke utgo kkeut-i eop-si salatso.<br />
</pre><br />
| <pre><br />
In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.<br />
When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.<br />
Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.<br />
The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.<br />
The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.<br />
The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.<br />
The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.<br />
</pre><br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175265Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:52:57Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}<br />
== VII. Sample Narrative ==<br />
<br />
This short story, "하늘님의 복" (''Haneulnim-ui Bok''), illustrates the use of Kyoraemal's nature-based vocabulary and spiritual concepts.<br />
<br />
<poem><br />
옛날에 '''골짜기'''에 '''어버이'''와 '''짝'''이 살았소.<br />
''Yetnal-e '''goljjakgi'''-e '''eobeoi'''-wa '''jjak'''-i salatso.''<br />
(In the old days, a parent and a spouse lived in the valley.)<br />
<br />
아침이 오자, '''어버이'''는 '''큰흰뫼'''로 가세.<br />
''Achim-i oja, '''eobeoi'''-neun '''keunhinmoe'''-ro gase.''<br />
(When morning came, the parent went to Taebaek Mountain.)<br />
<br />
'''큰흰뫼'''는 높이 '''솟고''', '''바람'''은 '''꿋꿋이''' 불었소.<br />
'''''Keunhinmoe'''-neun nopi '''sotgo''', '''baram'''-eun '''kkutkkut-i'''- bureotso.''<br />
(Taebaek Mountain rose high, and the wind blew stoutly.)<br />
<br />
'''어버이'''는 '''무당'''을 만나 '''굿'''을 보았소.<br />
'''''Eobeoi'''-neun '''mudang'''-eul manna '''gut'''-eul boatso.''<br />
(The parent met a shaman and watched a ritual.)<br />
<br />
'''무당'''은 '''하늘님'''께 '''복'''을 빌었고, '''어버이'''는 '''마음'''에 감사했소.<br />
'''''Mudang'''-eun '''Haneulnim'''-kke '''bok'''-eul bireotgo, '''eobeoi'''-neun '''ma-eum'''-e gamsahaetso.''<br />
(The shaman wished for Fortune from the Supreme Deity, and the parent was thankful in spirit.)<br />
<br />
'''복'''은 '''큰물'''처럼 '''흐르지 아니하고''' 그치지 않았소.<br />
'''''Bok'''-eun '''keunmul'''-cheoreom '''heureuji ani-hago''' geuchiji anhatso.''<br />
(The Fortune did not flow like a great river; it did not cease.)<br />
<br />
'''겨레'''는 '''함께 웃고''' '''끝이 없이''' 살았소.<br />
'''''Gyeore'''-neun '''hamkke utgo''' '''kkeut-i eop-si''' salatso.''<br />
(The kinship group laughed together and lived without end.)<br />
</poem></div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175263Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:47:27Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-un on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175262Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:46:30Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니 하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니 하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|<br />
== V. National Symbols ==<br />
<br />
=== A. National Anthem: 하늘과 땅의 노래 (Haneulgwa Ttang-ui Norae) ===<br />
The national anthem avoids military themes and instead focuses on the land, shared spirit, and Shamanic blessing.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Kyoraemal (Lyrics) <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Translation (Conceptual)<br />
|-<br />
| '''I. 뫼와 내의 숨''' (''Moewanae-ui Sum'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| 흰머리뫼는 높이 솟고,<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe-neun nopi sotgo,''<br />
| White-Headed Mountain proudly rises,<br />
|-<br />
| 푸른하늘은 깊이 감싸네.<br />
| ''Pureunhaneur-eun gipi gamssane.''<br />
| The blue sky deeply embraces us.<br />
|-<br />
| 한울뫼는 영원히 밝고,<br />
| ''Hanulmoe-neun yeongwonhi balkgo,''<br />
| Halla Mountain shines forever bright,<br />
|-<br />
| 큰물은 밤낮으로 흐르네.<br />
| ''Keunmur-eun bamnaj-euro heureune.''<br />
| Great Water (River) flows night and day.<br />
|-<br />
| '''후렴 (Chorus)'''<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''의 '''밝은땅''',<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-ui balgeun-ttang,''<br />
| The Bright Land of the Kyoraemal Nation,<br />
|-<br />
| 우리 '''결속'''이 함께 서다!<br />
| ''Uri gyeolsok-i hamkke seoda!''<br />
| Our unity stands together!<br />
|-<br />
| '''빛과 힘은 끝이 없이''',<br />
| ''Bitgwa him-eun kkeut-i eop-si,''<br />
| Light and strength without end,<br />
|-<br />
| '''복'''은 온 '''나라'''에 가득하리.<br />
| ''Bok-eun on nara-e gadeukhari.''<br />
| Fortune will be full in the whole nation.<br />
|-<br />
| '''III. 하늘님께 바치는 굿''' (''Haneulnim-kke Bachineun Gut'')<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| '''하늘님'''이 나라를 돌보고,<br />
| ''Haneulnim-i narareul dolbogo,''<br />
| The Supreme Deity cares for this nation,<br />
|-<br />
| '''무당'''의 '''굿'''은 숨쉬네.<br />
| ''Mudang-ui gut-eun sumswine.''<br />
| The Shaman's ritual is breathing (alive).<br />
|-<br />
| '''큰힘'''으로 이 땅에 뿌리 내리고,<br />
| ''Keunhim-euro i ttang-e ppuri naerigo,''<br />
| With great power, we root in this land,<br />
|-<br />
| '''열즈믄''' 날에도 '''꿋꿋이''' 살리.<br />
| ''Yeoljeumeun nar-edo kkutkkut-i salli.''<br />
| We shall live stoutly for ten-thousand days.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== VI. Sample Dialogue ==<br />
<br />
This example illustrates the non-hierarchical use of the -소 and -세 particles between equals.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Speaker <br />
! Kyoraemal <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! Translation<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔''' (Sol)<br />
| '''평안이오. 새로 온 이이오?'''<br />
| ''Pyeongan-io. Saero on i-io?''<br />
| Hello. Are you the newly arrived person? (Softening -오)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불''' (Bul)<br />
| '''옳다소. 저는 불이오.'''<br />
| ''Olta-so. Jeo-neun Bul-io.''<br />
| Yes, that is true. I am Bul. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라에 잘 오셨소.'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara-e jal osyeotso.''<br />
| You have arrived well in Tobagi Nara. (Sincerity -소)<br />
|-<br />
| '''불'''<br />
| '''같이 밥 먹으세.'''<br />
| ''Gachi bap meogeuse.''<br />
| Let's eat a meal together. (Shared intent -세)<br />
|-<br />
| '''솔'''<br />
| '''힘씀에 고맙소!'''<br />
| ''Him-sseum-e gomapso!''<br />
| Thank you for the effort! (Sincerity -소)<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175261Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:44:51Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니 하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니 하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175260Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:44:23Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, relying on native Koreanic roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability (Short)'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''General Negation (Long)'''<br />
| Verb + '''아니하다''' (''ani-hada'')<br />
| ''흐르지 아니하오'' (It does not flow.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175259Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:42:52Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) =<br />
<br />
'''Kyoraemal''' is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of '''토박이 나라''' (''Tobagi Nara''). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
== I. Core Design Constraints ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Feature <br />
! Kyoraemal Rule <br />
! Notes<br />
|-<br />
| '''Honorifics'''<br />
| '''Strictly Forbidden.'''<br />
| There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no ''hashipsio'', ''jondaetmal'').<br />
|-<br />
| '''Social Structure'''<br />
| '''Egalitarian.'''<br />
| All speakers are treated as equal partners ('''짝''' - ''jjak'') regardless of age.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Lexicon'''<br />
| '''Pure Native Koreanic.'''<br />
| Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots.<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual Focus'''<br />
| '''Shamanic.'''<br />
| Key terms relate to ''Hanulnim'' (하늘님), ''Gut'' (굿), and ''Bok'' (복).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== II. Grammar and Syntax ==<br />
<br />
=== A. Word Order ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard '''SOV''' (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
=== B. Non-Hierarchical Particles ===<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Particle <br />
! Function / Meaning <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''-소''' ('' -so'') <br />
| '''Sincerity and Conviction.'''<br />
| ''옳다소'' (It is correct, I assure you.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-오''' ('' -o'') <br />
| '''Softening / Contextual Deference.'''<br />
| ''오시오'' (Please come, mildly requesting.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''-세''' ('' -se'') <br />
| '''Shared Action / Cooperation.'''<br />
| ''가세'' (Let's go together.)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== C. Negation ===<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, using native roots:<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Function <br />
! Kyoraemal Form <br />
! Example<br />
|-<br />
| '''Inability'''<br />
| '''못''' (''mot'') + Verb<br />
| ''못 하오'' (I cannot do it.)<br />
|-<br />
| '''Absence'''<br />
| '''없다''' (''eopda'')<br />
| ''끝이 없이'' (Without end / Endless)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi) ==<br />
<br />
'''Heureumsi''' (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
* '''Metrical Feet:''' A consistent '''three-foot''' rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
* '''Vowel Harmony:''' Use of '''밝은소리''' (''Balgeun-sori'', Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and '''짙은소리''' (''Jiteun-sori'', Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
== IV. Core Lexicon Examples ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Category <br />
! Kyoraemal Word <br />
! Pronunciation <br />
! English Meaning<br />
|-<br />
| '''Nation'''<br />
| '''토박이 나라'''<br />
| ''Tobagi Nara''<br />
| The Native People's Land<br />
|-<br />
| '''Kinship'''<br />
| '''어버이'''<br />
| ''Eobeoi''<br />
| Parent<br />
|-<br />
| '''Spiritual'''<br />
| '''하늘님'''<br />
| ''Haneulnim''<br />
| The Supreme Deity<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''흰머리뫼'''<br />
| ''Hinmeorimoe''<br />
| Baekdu Mountain<br />
|-<br />
| '''Geography'''<br />
| '''골짜기'''<br />
| ''Goljjakgi''<br />
| Valley / Glen<br />
|-<br />
| '''Body Part'''<br />
| '''염통'''<br />
| ''Yeomtong''<br />
| Heart (Organ)<br />
|}</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Kyoraemal&diff=175258Kyoraemal2025-09-29T23:42:04Z<p>Rpiereck: Created page with "# Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language) **Kyoraemal** is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of **토박이 나라** (*Tobagi Nara*). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality. ## I. Core Design Constraints | Feature | Kyoraemal Rule | Notes | | :--- | :--- | :--..."</p>
<hr />
<div># Kyoraemal (겨레말 - The Kinship Language)<br />
<br />
**Kyoraemal** is a constructed, purist Koreanic language developed for the fictional nation of **토박이 나라** (*Tobagi Nara*). Its fundamental design principle is the complete rejection of Confucian hierarchical influence and Sino-Korean (Hanja) loanwords, emphasizing native Korean roots, egalitarianism, and Shamanic spirituality.<br />
<br />
## I. Core Design Constraints<br />
<br />
| Feature | Kyoraemal Rule | Notes |<br />
| :--- | :--- | :--- |<br />
| **Honorifics** | **Strictly Forbidden.** | There are no age, social rank, or family-based honorifics (no *hashipsio*, *jondaetmal*). |<br />
| **Social Structure** | **Egalitarian.** | All speakers are treated as equal partners (**짝** - *jjak*) regardless of age. |<br />
| **Lexicon** | **Pure Native Koreanic.** | Sino-Korean (Hanja) words are replaced with native or older Korean roots. |<br />
| **Spiritual Focus** | **Shamanic.** | Key terms relate to *Hanulnim* (하늘님), *Gut* (굿), and *Bok* (복). |<br />
<br />
## II. Grammar and Syntax<br />
<br />
### A. Word Order<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses a standard **SOV** (Subject-Object-Verb) structure.<br />
<br />
### B. Non-Hierarchical Particles<br />
<br />
Kyoraemal uses final particles that adjust the tone of the sentence without conveying social status or age.<br />
<br />
| Particle | Function / Meaning | Example |<br />
| :--- | :--- | :--- |<br />
| **-소** (*-so*) | **Sincerity and Conviction.** | *옳다소* (It is correct, I assure you.) |<br />
| **-오** (*-o*) | **Softening / Contextual Deference.** | *오시오* (Please come, mildly requesting.) |<br />
| **-세** (*-se*) | **Shared Action / Cooperation.** | *가세* (Let's go together.) |<br />
<br />
### C. Negation<br />
<br />
Negation avoids modern Sino-Korean forms, using native roots:<br />
<br />
| Function | Kyoraemal Form | Example |<br />
| :--- | :--- | :--- |<br />
| **Inability** | **못** (*mot*) + Verb | *못 하오* (I cannot do it.) |<br />
| **Absence** | **없다** (*eopda*) | *끝이 없이* (Without end / Endless) |<br />
<br />
## III. Aesthetics and Poetics (Heureumsi)<br />
<br />
**Heureumsi** (흐름시 - Flowing Verse) is the official poetic style, characterized by:<br />
<br />
1. **Metrical Feet:** A consistent **three-foot** rhythmic pulse per line.<br />
2. **Vowel Harmony:** Use of **밝은소리** (*Balgeun-sori*, Bright Vowels: ㅏ, ㅗ) for loud/quick concepts and **짙은소리** (*Jiteun-sori*, Deep Vowels: ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ) for soft/slow concepts.<br />
<br />
## IV. Core Lexicon Examples<br />
<br />
| Category | Kyoraemal Word | Pronunciation | English Meaning |<br />
| :--- | :--- | :--- | :--- |<br />
| **Nation** | **토박이 나라** | *Tobagi Nara* | The Native People's Land |<br />
| **Kinship** | **어버이** | *Eobeoi* | Parent |<br />
| **Spiritual** | **하늘님** | *Haneulnim* | The Supreme Deity |<br />
| **Geography** | **흰머리뫼** | *Hinmeorimoe* | Baekdu Mountain |<br />
| **Geography** | **골짜기** | *Goljjakgi* | Valley / Glen |<br />
| **Body Part** | **염통** | *Yeomtong* | Heart (Organ) |<br />
<br />
***</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Rpiereck&diff=175257User:Rpiereck2025-09-29T23:41:23Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>I have been conlanging off and on for the best part of over twenty years. I have never had a conlang that was fully developed, most of my languages are forever in their initial stages of development.<br />
<br />
Some of my conlangs:<br />
<br />
- [[Kyoraemal]]: a Koreanic language, free of foreign influence (including English, Japanese, Chinese, and Confucianism). Think of a very earthy Korean language.<br />
<br />
- [[Akbiekdi]]: a priori, SOV<br />
<br />
- [[Viteberger]]: Scandinavian, SOV<br />
<br />
- [[Groöndaler]]: Germanic, SVO<br />
<br />
- [[Tengri]]: a priori<br />
<br />
- [[Dr'Agusc]]: a priori, VSO<br />
<br />
- [[Korwedish]]: Korean + Swedish, SOV<br />
<br />
<br />
You can reach me at:<br />
<br />
Twitter: @rpiereck74<br />
<br />
Google: renato.piereck<br />
<br />
Tumblr: freethinkingtoo<br />
<br />
Facebook: renato.piereck.2025</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=User:Rpiereck&diff=175256User:Rpiereck2025-09-29T23:36:05Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>I have been conlanging off and on for the best part of over twenty years. I have never had a conlang that was fully developed, most of my languages are forever in their initial stages of development.<br />
<br />
Some of my conlangs:<br />
<br />
- [[Akbiekdi]]: a priori, SOV<br />
<br />
- [[Viteberger]]: Scandinavian, SOV<br />
<br />
- [[Groöndaler]]: Germanic, SVO<br />
<br />
- [[Tengri]]: a priori<br />
<br />
- [[Dr'Agusc]]: a priori, VSO<br />
<br />
- [[Korwedish]]: Korean + Swedish, SOV<br />
<br />
<br />
You can reach me at:<br />
<br />
Twitter: @rpiereck74<br />
<br />
Google: renato.piereck<br />
<br />
Tumblr: freethinkingtoo<br />
<br />
Facebook: renato.piereck.2025</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Conlang_comparison&diff=80389Conlang comparison2014-08-05T16:47:07Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Conlang comparison table */</p>
<hr />
<div>Because ''a posteriori'' languages borrow vocabulary from real spoken languages, it is often found that conlangs of this type relate to one another. On this page, it is possible to make comparisons between natlangs of the main branches and also of conlangs influenced by them. If you have an ''a posteriori'' conlang, please contribute to this page.<br />
<br />
==Germanic conlangs==<br />
===Natlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! English<br />
! Scots<br />
! West Frisian<br />
! Dutch<br />
! Low Saxon<br />
! German<br />
! Gothic<br />
! Icelandic<br />
! Faroese<br />
! Swedish<br />
! Danish<br />
! Norwegian (Nynorsk)<br />
|-<br />
|Apple || Aiple || Apel || Appel || Appel || Apfel || Aplus || Epli || Epl(i) || Äpple || Æble || Eple <br />
|-<br />
|Board || Buird || Board || Bord || Boord || Brett / Bord || Baúrd || Borð("table/plank") || Borð("table/plank/board of ship/side") || Bord("table/plank") || Bord("table/desk") || Bord("table/plank") <br />
|-<br />
|Beech || Beech || Boeke/ Boekebeam || Beuk || Böke || Buche || Bōka || Bók || Bók || Bok || Bøg || Bøk, Bok<br />
|-<br />
|Book || Beuk || Boek || Boek || Book || Buch || Bōka || Bók || Bók || Bok || Bog || Bok <br />
|-<br />
|Breast || Breest || Boarst || Borst || Bost || Brust || Brusts || Brjóst || Bróst || Bröst || Bryst || Bryst <br />
|-<br />
|Brown ||Broun || Brún || Bruin || Bruun || Braun || Bruns || Brúnn || Brúnur || Brun || Brun || Brun <br />
|-<br />
|Day || Day || Dei || Dag || Dag || Tag || Dags || Dagur || Dagur || Dag || Dag || Dag <br />
|-<br />
|Dead ||Deid || Dea || Dood || Dood || Tot || Dauþs || Dauður || Deyður || Död || Død || Daud <br />
|-<br />
|Die (Starve) || Dee || Stjerre || Sterven || Döen/ Starven || Sterben ||Diwan ||Deyja || Doyggja || Dö || Dø || Døy <br />
|-<br />
|Enough || Eneuch || Genôch || Genoeg || Noog || Genug || Ganōhs || Nóg || Nóg/ Nógmikið || Nog || Nok || Nok<br />
|-<br />
|Finger || Finger || Finger || Vinger || Finger || Finger || Figgrs || Fingur || Fingur || Finger || Finger || Finger <br />
|-<br />
|Give || Gie || Jaan || Geven || Geven || Geben || Giban || Gefa || Geva || Giva / Ge || Give || Gje(va) <br />
|-<br />
|Glass || Gless || Glês || Glas || Glas || Glas || || Gler || Glas || Glas || Glas || Glas <br />
|-<br />
|Gold || Gowd || Goud || Goud || Gold || Gold || Gulþ || Gull || Gull || Guld/ Gull || Guld || Gull <br />
|-<br />
|Hand || Haund || Hân || Hand || Hand || Hand || Handus || Hönd || Hond || Hand || Hånd || Hand <br />
|-<br />
|Head || Heid || Holle || Hoofd/ Kop || Kopp || Haupt/ Kopf || Háubiþ || Höfuð || Høvd/ Høvur || Huvud || Hoved || Hovud <br />
|-<br />
|High || Heich || Heech || Hoog || Hoog || Hoch || Háuh || Hár || Høg/ur || Hög || Høj || Høg <br />
|-<br />
|Home || Hame || Hiem || Heim || Heim || Heim || Háimōþ || Heim || Heim || Hem || Hjem || Heim <br />
|-<br />
|Hook || Heuk || Hoek || Haak || Haak || Haken || Krappa/ Krampa || Krókur || Krókur/ Ongul || Hake/ Krok || Hage/ Krog || Hake/ Krok <br />
|-<br />
|House || Hoose || Hûs || Huis || Huus || Haus || Hūs || Hús || Hús || Hus || Hus || Hus <br />
|-<br />
|Many || Mony || Mannich/Mennich || Menig || Mennig || Manch || Manags || Margir || Mangir/ Nógvir || Många || Mange || Mange <br />
|-<br />
|Moon || Muin || Moanne || Maan || Maan || Mond || Mēna || Tungl/ Máni || Máni/ Tungl || Måne || Måne || Måne <br />
|-<br />
|Night || Nicht || Nacht || Nacht || Natt/ Nacht || Nacht || Nótt || Nótt || Natt || Natt || Nat || Natt<br />
|-<br />
|No || Nae || Nee || Nee(n) || Nee || Nein (Nö, Nee) || Nē || Nei || Nei || Nej || Nej || Nei <br />
|-<br />
|Old || Auld || Âld || Oud, Gammel || Oll || Alt || Sineigs || Gamall (but: eldri, elstur)|| Gamal (but: eldri, elstur)|| Gammal (but: äldre, äldst)|| Gammel (but: ældre, ældst) || Gam(m)al (but: eldre, eldst) <br />
|-<br />
|One || Ane || Ien || Een || Een || Eins || Áins || Einn || Ein || En || En || Ein <br />
|-<br />
|Ounce || Unce || Ûns || Ons || Ons || Unze || Unkja || Únsa || Únsa || Uns || Unse || Unse <br />
|-<br />
|Snow || Snaw || Snie || Sneeuw || Snee || Schnee || Snáiws || Snjór || Kavi/ Snjógvur || Snö || Sne || Snø <br />
|-<br />
|Stone || Stane || Stien || Steen || Steen || Stein || Stáins || Steinn || Steinur || Sten || Sten || Stein <br />
|-<br />
|That || That || Dat || Dat, Die || Dat (Dit) || Das || Þata || Það || Tað || Det || Det || Det <br />
|-<br />
|Two/Twain || Twa || Twa || Twee || Twee || Zwei (Zwo) || Twái || Tveir/ Tvær/ Tvö || Tveir (/Tvá) || Två || To || To <br />
|-<br />
|Who || Wha || Wa || Wie || Wokeen || Wer || Ƕas (Hwas) || Hver || Hvør || Vem || Hvem || Kven <br />
|-<br />
|Worm ||Wirm || Wjirm || Wurm/ Worm || Worm || Wurm || Maþa || Maðkur, Ormur || Maðkur/ Ormur || Mask/ Orm("snake") || Orm || Mark/ Makk/ Orm("snake/worm")<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Conlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
|-<br />
| ''English'' || Tauro-Piscean (original) || Koolesh/Koulesh || Vityng || Folkendetonge || Thorsutian || Nyenglisk || Intrekomi || Hellingijø || Pembrish || Avantimannish || Viteberger<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' || Epeêl || Afel || æpla || äpel || mollu || Apel ||áplo || aplaz || apel || aapelez (fruit) || Äpel<br />
|-<br />
| ''Board'' || Bëd || Bord || þælja || häle || bjerd || bórd || bórdo || apahiz || bord || bordon (serving table) || Bord<br />
|-<br />
| ''Book'' || Bok || Buu(k)h || bøkk || búk || cingarta || búk || líbro || biblaz || book || boq || Bok<br />
|-<br />
| ''Beech'' || Bok || Buu(k)he || træ || trää || blёzsa || bých || bísso || boka || beich || botchez || Bejk<br />
|-<br />
| ''Breast'' || Breost || Brust || breost || breyst || gloçine || brest || briésto || mazitiz || bryoost || brewstez || Bröst<br />
|-<br />
| ''Brown'' || Brun || Braun || brúnur || brónd || kifo || brán || bróno || brunaz || brwn || brone || Brun<br />
|-<br />
| ''Day'' || De || Tag/Dag || dagg || dag || ord || da || di || hemeri || day || dayez || Dag<br />
|-<br />
| ''Dead'' || Däd || Tout || deyð || deggðe || vimordёd || ded || móro || ofoþeziðiz || diaad || dowthe || död<br />
|-<br />
| ''Die (Starve)'' || Steëfan || Sterben || deyja || degga || vishmordur || dæa || moróno || ofoþezan || dye || sterfen || döen<br />
|-<br />
| ''Enough'' || Jenü || Genuuk || gnogg || genog || mjalzsi || enuf ||enófo || ganogaz || ynoo || yanôô || nog<br />
|-<br />
| ''Finger'' || Finjä || Finger || fyngur || finger || cisti || fingur || fínkro || fingaraz || vinger || pancgers || Finger<br />
|-<br />
| ''Give'' || Jefan || Geben || gefa || gefe || jatur || giva || áddi || gebenan || yw || yefen || gefen<br />
|-<br />
| ''Glass'' || Öles || Glas || glass || glass || clёc || glas || gláso || jalaz || glas || haellez || Glas<br />
|-<br />
| ''Gold'' || Jöld || Gold || gold(metal)/gul(colour) ||gold(metal)/gul(colour) || voziţa || góld || goltí || gulþaz || goud || êêz || Guld<br />
|-<br />
| ''Hand'' || Hand || Hand || hønd || hend || ruuca || hand || ''h''ánto || hira || hond || hand || Hand<br />
|-<br />
| ''Head'' || Häfod || Kof/Houbet || hǿfuð || heyfuð || korrd || hed || éto || hefa || schaud || haufdez || Höd<br />
|-<br />
| ''High'' || Hä || Hou(k)h || hǿr || heyr || ljenёç || hæ || táli || hauhaz || schaach || hôô || hög<br />
|-<br />
| ''Home'' || Ham || Heim || óðal || hós || shmer || hóm || ''h''ómo || ohaz || hoom || te razôn || Hem<br />
|-<br />
| ''Hook'' || Anjeêl || Hakken || þnægi || snäge || grrepa || húk || hóko || hokaz || hook || yanqez || Krok<br />
|-<br />
| ''House'' || Hus || Haus || húss || hós || shmer || hás || dómo || ohaz || hws || razô || Hus<br />
|-<br />
| ''Many'' || Manï || Fil || mikkil || mikil || shumed || maný || máni || managaz || mainy || manahh || mang<br />
|-<br />
| ''Moon'' || Monê || Maane || monæð || monð || luna || mún || mūno || sili || moun || mênô || Mond<br />
|-<br />
| ''Night'' || Nït || Naht || kvøld || kveld || narrlid || næt || nitó || nahta || nicht || nehhtez || Nat<br />
|-<br />
| ''No'' || Nesê || Ne || nǽ || nä || ne || nó || no || ne || no || naye || ek/nej<br />
|-<br />
| ''Old'' || Öld || Ald || ald || ald || vёrmad || óld || ólti || arhaz || aud || forne || forn<br />
|-<br />
| ''One'' || An || Ein || ǽn || ään || ej || et || óna || hiz || wan || ên || ejn<br />
|-<br />
| ''Ounce'' || Ïnsê || (none) || hring || stu mas || || ánce || ūnso || (none) || wns || unsc (inch, ounce) || Unts<br />
|-<br />
| ''Snow'' || Sma || Snei || þnǽ || snä || bolurţe || snó || snóvo || sniwaz || znaw || snêwen / snowen || Snö<br />
|-<br />
| ''Stone'' || Stan || Stein || stǽnn || stän || gjur || stón || róko || liþaz || stoon || stânez || Stejn<br />
|-<br />
| ''That'' || Tet || Dazh || þetta || hete || çad || þat || ta || sa/so/þat || that || that / thon / thân || det<br />
|-<br />
| ''Two/Twain'' || Twa || Zvei/Zvou || tvǽr || tär || xa || tvo || do || twaiz || twa || twô || tvö<br />
|-<br />
| ''Who'' || Wa || Ver(Nominative form) || hvem || ven || cus || vú || ki || hwaz || fa || hwô / hwat || hvor<br />
|-<br />
| ''Worm'' || Wïêm || Vurm || slanga || slange || sligert || vurm || vormó || wurmiz || wierem || erthawormez || Orm<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Romance conlangs==<br />
===Natlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! ''English''<br />
! Latin<br />
! Catalan<br />
! French<br />
! Galician<br />
! Italian<br />
! Norman Jèrriais<br />
! Lombard<br />
! Piedmontese<br />
! Spanish<br />
! Portuguese<br />
! Romansh<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' || [Mattiana] Mala; Pomum (fruit) || Poma || Pomme || Mazá || Mela || Poumme || Pomm/Pumm || Pom || Manzana/Poma || Maçã || Mail<br />
|-<br />
|Board || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Beech || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Book || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Breast || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Brown || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Day || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Dead || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Die (Starve) || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Enough || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Finger || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Give || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Glass || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Gold || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Hand || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Head || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|High || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Home || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Hook || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|House || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Many || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Moon || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Night || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|No || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Old || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|One || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Ounce || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Snow || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Stone || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|That || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Two/Twain || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Who || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Worm || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Conlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! ''English''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Board'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Book'' <br />
|- <br />
| ''Breast'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Brown'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Day'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Dead'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Die'' <br />
|- <br />
| ''Enough''<br />
|-</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Conlang_comparison&diff=80388Conlang comparison2014-08-05T16:45:41Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Conlang comparison table */</p>
<hr />
<div>Because ''a posteriori'' languages borrow vocabulary from real spoken languages, it is often found that conlangs of this type relate to one another. On this page, it is possible to make comparisons between natlangs of the main branches and also of conlangs influenced by them. If you have an ''a posteriori'' conlang, please contribute to this page.<br />
<br />
==Germanic conlangs==<br />
===Natlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! English<br />
! Scots<br />
! West Frisian<br />
! Dutch<br />
! Low Saxon<br />
! German<br />
! Gothic<br />
! Icelandic<br />
! Faroese<br />
! Swedish<br />
! Danish<br />
! Norwegian (Nynorsk)<br />
|-<br />
|Apple || Aiple || Apel || Appel || Appel || Apfel || Aplus || Epli || Epl(i) || Äpple || Æble || Eple <br />
|-<br />
|Board || Buird || Board || Bord || Boord || Brett / Bord || Baúrd || Borð("table/plank") || Borð("table/plank/board of ship/side") || Bord("table/plank") || Bord("table/desk") || Bord("table/plank") <br />
|-<br />
|Beech || Beech || Boeke/ Boekebeam || Beuk || Böke || Buche || Bōka || Bók || Bók || Bok || Bøg || Bøk, Bok<br />
|-<br />
|Book || Beuk || Boek || Boek || Book || Buch || Bōka || Bók || Bók || Bok || Bog || Bok <br />
|-<br />
|Breast || Breest || Boarst || Borst || Bost || Brust || Brusts || Brjóst || Bróst || Bröst || Bryst || Bryst <br />
|-<br />
|Brown ||Broun || Brún || Bruin || Bruun || Braun || Bruns || Brúnn || Brúnur || Brun || Brun || Brun <br />
|-<br />
|Day || Day || Dei || Dag || Dag || Tag || Dags || Dagur || Dagur || Dag || Dag || Dag <br />
|-<br />
|Dead ||Deid || Dea || Dood || Dood || Tot || Dauþs || Dauður || Deyður || Död || Død || Daud <br />
|-<br />
|Die (Starve) || Dee || Stjerre || Sterven || Döen/ Starven || Sterben ||Diwan ||Deyja || Doyggja || Dö || Dø || Døy <br />
|-<br />
|Enough || Eneuch || Genôch || Genoeg || Noog || Genug || Ganōhs || Nóg || Nóg/ Nógmikið || Nog || Nok || Nok<br />
|-<br />
|Finger || Finger || Finger || Vinger || Finger || Finger || Figgrs || Fingur || Fingur || Finger || Finger || Finger <br />
|-<br />
|Give || Gie || Jaan || Geven || Geven || Geben || Giban || Gefa || Geva || Giva / Ge || Give || Gje(va) <br />
|-<br />
|Glass || Gless || Glês || Glas || Glas || Glas || || Gler || Glas || Glas || Glas || Glas <br />
|-<br />
|Gold || Gowd || Goud || Goud || Gold || Gold || Gulþ || Gull || Gull || Guld/ Gull || Guld || Gull <br />
|-<br />
|Hand || Haund || Hân || Hand || Hand || Hand || Handus || Hönd || Hond || Hand || Hånd || Hand <br />
|-<br />
|Head || Heid || Holle || Hoofd/ Kop || Kopp || Haupt/ Kopf || Háubiþ || Höfuð || Høvd/ Høvur || Huvud || Hoved || Hovud <br />
|-<br />
|High || Heich || Heech || Hoog || Hoog || Hoch || Háuh || Hár || Høg/ur || Hög || Høj || Høg <br />
|-<br />
|Home || Hame || Hiem || Heim || Heim || Heim || Háimōþ || Heim || Heim || Hem || Hjem || Heim <br />
|-<br />
|Hook || Heuk || Hoek || Haak || Haak || Haken || Krappa/ Krampa || Krókur || Krókur/ Ongul || Hake/ Krok || Hage/ Krog || Hake/ Krok <br />
|-<br />
|House || Hoose || Hûs || Huis || Huus || Haus || Hūs || Hús || Hús || Hus || Hus || Hus <br />
|-<br />
|Many || Mony || Mannich/Mennich || Menig || Mennig || Manch || Manags || Margir || Mangir/ Nógvir || Många || Mange || Mange <br />
|-<br />
|Moon || Muin || Moanne || Maan || Maan || Mond || Mēna || Tungl/ Máni || Máni/ Tungl || Måne || Måne || Måne <br />
|-<br />
|Night || Nicht || Nacht || Nacht || Natt/ Nacht || Nacht || Nótt || Nótt || Natt || Natt || Nat || Natt<br />
|-<br />
|No || Nae || Nee || Nee(n) || Nee || Nein (Nö, Nee) || Nē || Nei || Nei || Nej || Nej || Nei <br />
|-<br />
|Old || Auld || Âld || Oud, Gammel || Oll || Alt || Sineigs || Gamall (but: eldri, elstur)|| Gamal (but: eldri, elstur)|| Gammal (but: äldre, äldst)|| Gammel (but: ældre, ældst) || Gam(m)al (but: eldre, eldst) <br />
|-<br />
|One || Ane || Ien || Een || Een || Eins || Áins || Einn || Ein || En || En || Ein <br />
|-<br />
|Ounce || Unce || Ûns || Ons || Ons || Unze || Unkja || Únsa || Únsa || Uns || Unse || Unse <br />
|-<br />
|Snow || Snaw || Snie || Sneeuw || Snee || Schnee || Snáiws || Snjór || Kavi/ Snjógvur || Snö || Sne || Snø <br />
|-<br />
|Stone || Stane || Stien || Steen || Steen || Stein || Stáins || Steinn || Steinur || Sten || Sten || Stein <br />
|-<br />
|That || That || Dat || Dat, Die || Dat (Dit) || Das || Þata || Það || Tað || Det || Det || Det <br />
|-<br />
|Two/Twain || Twa || Twa || Twee || Twee || Zwei (Zwo) || Twái || Tveir/ Tvær/ Tvö || Tveir (/Tvá) || Två || To || To <br />
|-<br />
|Who || Wha || Wa || Wie || Wokeen || Wer || Ƕas (Hwas) || Hver || Hvør || Vem || Hvem || Kven <br />
|-<br />
|Worm ||Wirm || Wjirm || Wurm/ Worm || Worm || Wurm || Maþa || Maðkur, Ormur || Maðkur/ Ormur || Mask/ Orm("snake") || Orm || Mark/ Makk/ Orm("snake/worm")<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Conlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
|-<br />
| ''English'' || Tauro-Piscean (original) || Koolesh/Koulesh || Vityng || Folkendetonge || Thorsutian || Nyenglisk || Intrekomi || Hellingijø || Pembrish || Avantimannish || Viteberger<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' || Epeêl || Afel || æpla || äpel || mollu || Apel ||áplo || aplaz || apel || aapelez (fruit) || Äpel<br />
|-<br />
| ''Board'' || Bëd || Bord || þælja || häle || bjerd || bórd || bórdo || apahiz || bord || bordon (serving table) || Bord<br />
|-<br />
| ''Book'' || Bok || Buu(k)h || bøkk || búk || cingarta || búk || líbro || biblaz || book || boq || Bok<br />
|-<br />
| ''Beech'' || Bok || Buu(k)he || træ || trää || blёzsa || bých || bísso || boka || beich || botchez || Bejk<br />
|-<br />
| ''Breast'' || Breost || Brust || breost || breyst || gloçine || brest || briésto || mazitiz || bryoost || brewstez || Bröst<br />
|-<br />
| ''Brown'' || Brun || Braun || brúnur || brónd || kifo || brán || bróno || brunaz || brwn || brone || Brun<br />
|-<br />
| ''Day'' || De || Tag/Dag || dagg || dag || ord || da || di || hemeri || day || dayez || Dag<br />
|-<br />
| ''Dead'' || Däd || Tout || deyð || deggðe || vimordёd || ded || móro || ofoþeziðiz || diaad || dowthe || död<br />
|-<br />
| ''Die (Starve)'' || Steëfan || Sterben || deyja || degga || vishmordur || dæa || moróno || ofoþezan || dye || sterfen || döen<br />
|-<br />
| ''Enough'' || Jenü || Genuuk || gnogg || genog || mjalzsi || enuf ||enófo || ganogaz || ynoo || yanôô || nog<br />
|-<br />
| ''Finger'' || Finjä || Finger || fyngur || finger || cisti || fingur || fínkro || fingaraz || vinger || pancgers || Finger<br />
|-<br />
| ''Give'' || Jefan || Geben || gefa || gefe || jatur || giva || áddi || gebenan || yw || yefen || gefen<br />
|-<br />
| ''Glass'' || Öles || Glas || glass || glass || clёc || glas || gláso || jalaz || glas || haellez || Glas<br />
|-<br />
| ''Gold'' || Jöld || Gold || gold(metal)/gul(colour) ||gold(metal)/gul(colour) || voziţa || góld || goltí || gulþaz || goud || êêz || Guld<br />
|-<br />
| ''Hand'' || Hand || Hand || hønd || hend || ruuca || hand || ''h''ánto || hira || hond || hand || Hand<br />
|-<br />
| ''Head'' || Häfod || Kof/Houbet || hǿfuð || heyfuð || korrd || hed || éto || hefa || schaud || haufdez || Höd<br />
|-<br />
| ''High'' || Hä || Hou(k)h || hǿr || heyr || ljenёç || hæ || táli || hauhaz || schaach || hôô || hög<br />
|-<br />
| ''Home'' || Ham || Heim || óðal || hós || shmer || hóm || ''h''ómo || ohaz || hoom || te razôn || Hem<br />
|-<br />
| ''Hook'' || Anjeêl || Hakken || þnægi || snäge || grrepa || húk || hóko || hokaz || hook || yanqez || Krok<br />
|-<br />
| ''House'' || Hus || Haus || húss || hós || shmer || hás || dómo || ohaz || hws || razô || Hus<br />
|-<br />
| ''Many'' || Manï || Fil || mikkil || mikil || shumed || maný || máni || managaz || mainy || manahh || mang<br />
|-<br />
| ''Moon'' || Monê || Maane || monæð || monð || luna || mún || mūno || sili || moun || mênô || Mond<br />
|-<br />
| ''Night'' || Nït || Naht || kvøld || kveld || narrlid || næt || nitó || nahta || nicht || nehhtez || Nat<br />
|-<br />
| ''No'' || Nesê || Ne || nǽ || nä || ne || nó || no || ne || no || naye || ek/nej<br />
|-<br />
| ''Old'' || Öld || Ald || ald || ald || vёrmad || óld || ólti || arhaz || aud || forne || forn<br />
|-<br />
| ''One'' || An || Ein || ǽn || ään || ej || et || óna || hiz || wan || ên || ejn<br />
|-<br />
| ''Ounce'' || Ïnsê || (none) || hring || stu mas || || ánce || ūnso || (none) || wns || unsc (inch, ounce) || uns<br />
|-<br />
| ''Snow'' || Sma || Snei || þnǽ || snä || bolurţe || snó || snóvo || sniwaz || znaw || snêwen / snowen || Snö<br />
|-<br />
| ''Stone'' || Stan || Stein || stǽnn || stän || gjur || stón || róko || liþaz || stoon || stânez || Stejn<br />
|-<br />
| ''That'' || Tet || Dazh || þetta || hete || çad || þat || ta || sa/so/þat || that || that / thon / thân || det<br />
|-<br />
| ''Two/Twain'' || Twa || Zvei/Zvou || tvǽr || tär || xa || tvo || do || twaiz || twa || twô || tvö<br />
|-<br />
| ''Who'' || Wa || Ver(Nominative form) || hvem || ven || cus || vú || ki || hwaz || fa || hwô / hwat || hvor<br />
|-<br />
| ''Worm'' || Wïêm || Vurm || slanga || slange || sligert || vurm || vormó || wurmiz || wierem || erthawormez || Orm<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Romance conlangs==<br />
===Natlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! ''English''<br />
! Latin<br />
! Catalan<br />
! French<br />
! Galician<br />
! Italian<br />
! Norman Jèrriais<br />
! Lombard<br />
! Piedmontese<br />
! Spanish<br />
! Portuguese<br />
! Romansh<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' || [Mattiana] Mala; Pomum (fruit) || Poma || Pomme || Mazá || Mela || Poumme || Pomm/Pumm || Pom || Manzana/Poma || Maçã || Mail<br />
|-<br />
|Board || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Beech || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Book || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Breast || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Brown || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Day || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Dead || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Die (Starve) || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Enough || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Finger || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Give || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Glass || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Gold || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Hand || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Head || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|High || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Home || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Hook || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|House || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Many || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Moon || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Night || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|No || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Old || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|One || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Ounce || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Snow || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Stone || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|That || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Two/Twain || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Who || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Worm || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Conlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! ''English''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Board'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Book'' <br />
|- <br />
| ''Breast'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Brown'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Day'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Dead'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Die'' <br />
|- <br />
| ''Enough''<br />
|-</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Conlang_comparison&diff=80387Conlang comparison2014-08-05T16:44:58Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Conlang comparison table */</p>
<hr />
<div>Because ''a posteriori'' languages borrow vocabulary from real spoken languages, it is often found that conlangs of this type relate to one another. On this page, it is possible to make comparisons between natlangs of the main branches and also of conlangs influenced by them. If you have an ''a posteriori'' conlang, please contribute to this page.<br />
<br />
==Germanic conlangs==<br />
===Natlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! English<br />
! Scots<br />
! West Frisian<br />
! Dutch<br />
! Low Saxon<br />
! German<br />
! Gothic<br />
! Icelandic<br />
! Faroese<br />
! Swedish<br />
! Danish<br />
! Norwegian (Nynorsk)<br />
|-<br />
|Apple || Aiple || Apel || Appel || Appel || Apfel || Aplus || Epli || Epl(i) || Äpple || Æble || Eple <br />
|-<br />
|Board || Buird || Board || Bord || Boord || Brett / Bord || Baúrd || Borð("table/plank") || Borð("table/plank/board of ship/side") || Bord("table/plank") || Bord("table/desk") || Bord("table/plank") <br />
|-<br />
|Beech || Beech || Boeke/ Boekebeam || Beuk || Böke || Buche || Bōka || Bók || Bók || Bok || Bøg || Bøk, Bok<br />
|-<br />
|Book || Beuk || Boek || Boek || Book || Buch || Bōka || Bók || Bók || Bok || Bog || Bok <br />
|-<br />
|Breast || Breest || Boarst || Borst || Bost || Brust || Brusts || Brjóst || Bróst || Bröst || Bryst || Bryst <br />
|-<br />
|Brown ||Broun || Brún || Bruin || Bruun || Braun || Bruns || Brúnn || Brúnur || Brun || Brun || Brun <br />
|-<br />
|Day || Day || Dei || Dag || Dag || Tag || Dags || Dagur || Dagur || Dag || Dag || Dag <br />
|-<br />
|Dead ||Deid || Dea || Dood || Dood || Tot || Dauþs || Dauður || Deyður || Död || Død || Daud <br />
|-<br />
|Die (Starve) || Dee || Stjerre || Sterven || Döen/ Starven || Sterben ||Diwan ||Deyja || Doyggja || Dö || Dø || Døy <br />
|-<br />
|Enough || Eneuch || Genôch || Genoeg || Noog || Genug || Ganōhs || Nóg || Nóg/ Nógmikið || Nog || Nok || Nok<br />
|-<br />
|Finger || Finger || Finger || Vinger || Finger || Finger || Figgrs || Fingur || Fingur || Finger || Finger || Finger <br />
|-<br />
|Give || Gie || Jaan || Geven || Geven || Geben || Giban || Gefa || Geva || Giva / Ge || Give || Gje(va) <br />
|-<br />
|Glass || Gless || Glês || Glas || Glas || Glas || || Gler || Glas || Glas || Glas || Glas <br />
|-<br />
|Gold || Gowd || Goud || Goud || Gold || Gold || Gulþ || Gull || Gull || Guld/ Gull || Guld || Gull <br />
|-<br />
|Hand || Haund || Hân || Hand || Hand || Hand || Handus || Hönd || Hond || Hand || Hånd || Hand <br />
|-<br />
|Head || Heid || Holle || Hoofd/ Kop || Kopp || Haupt/ Kopf || Háubiþ || Höfuð || Høvd/ Høvur || Huvud || Hoved || Hovud <br />
|-<br />
|High || Heich || Heech || Hoog || Hoog || Hoch || Háuh || Hár || Høg/ur || Hög || Høj || Høg <br />
|-<br />
|Home || Hame || Hiem || Heim || Heim || Heim || Háimōþ || Heim || Heim || Hem || Hjem || Heim <br />
|-<br />
|Hook || Heuk || Hoek || Haak || Haak || Haken || Krappa/ Krampa || Krókur || Krókur/ Ongul || Hake/ Krok || Hage/ Krog || Hake/ Krok <br />
|-<br />
|House || Hoose || Hûs || Huis || Huus || Haus || Hūs || Hús || Hús || Hus || Hus || Hus <br />
|-<br />
|Many || Mony || Mannich/Mennich || Menig || Mennig || Manch || Manags || Margir || Mangir/ Nógvir || Många || Mange || Mange <br />
|-<br />
|Moon || Muin || Moanne || Maan || Maan || Mond || Mēna || Tungl/ Máni || Máni/ Tungl || Måne || Måne || Måne <br />
|-<br />
|Night || Nicht || Nacht || Nacht || Natt/ Nacht || Nacht || Nótt || Nótt || Natt || Natt || Nat || Natt<br />
|-<br />
|No || Nae || Nee || Nee(n) || Nee || Nein (Nö, Nee) || Nē || Nei || Nei || Nej || Nej || Nei <br />
|-<br />
|Old || Auld || Âld || Oud, Gammel || Oll || Alt || Sineigs || Gamall (but: eldri, elstur)|| Gamal (but: eldri, elstur)|| Gammal (but: äldre, äldst)|| Gammel (but: ældre, ældst) || Gam(m)al (but: eldre, eldst) <br />
|-<br />
|One || Ane || Ien || Een || Een || Eins || Áins || Einn || Ein || En || En || Ein <br />
|-<br />
|Ounce || Unce || Ûns || Ons || Ons || Unze || Unkja || Únsa || Únsa || Uns || Unse || Unse <br />
|-<br />
|Snow || Snaw || Snie || Sneeuw || Snee || Schnee || Snáiws || Snjór || Kavi/ Snjógvur || Snö || Sne || Snø <br />
|-<br />
|Stone || Stane || Stien || Steen || Steen || Stein || Stáins || Steinn || Steinur || Sten || Sten || Stein <br />
|-<br />
|That || That || Dat || Dat, Die || Dat (Dit) || Das || Þata || Það || Tað || Det || Det || Det <br />
|-<br />
|Two/Twain || Twa || Twa || Twee || Twee || Zwei (Zwo) || Twái || Tveir/ Tvær/ Tvö || Tveir (/Tvá) || Två || To || To <br />
|-<br />
|Who || Wha || Wa || Wie || Wokeen || Wer || Ƕas (Hwas) || Hver || Hvør || Vem || Hvem || Kven <br />
|-<br />
|Worm ||Wirm || Wjirm || Wurm/ Worm || Worm || Wurm || Maþa || Maðkur, Ormur || Maðkur/ Ormur || Mask/ Orm("snake") || Orm || Mark/ Makk/ Orm("snake/worm")<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Conlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
|-<br />
| ''English'' || Tauro-Piscean (original) || Koolesh/Koulesh || Vityng || Folkendetonge || Thorsutian || Nyenglisk || Intrekomi || Hellingijø || Pembrish || Avantimannish || Viteberger<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' || Epeêl || Afel || æpla || äpel || mollu || Apel ||áplo || aplaz || apel || aapelez (fruit) || Äpel<br />
|-<br />
| ''Board'' || Bëd || Bord || þælja || häle || bjerd || bórd || bórdo || apahiz || bord || bordon (serving table) || Bord<br />
|-<br />
| ''Book'' || Bok || Buu(k)h || bøkk || búk || cingarta || búk || líbro || biblaz || book || boq || Bok<br />
|-<br />
| ''Beech'' || Bok || Buu(k)he || træ || trää || blёzsa || bých || bísso || boka || beich || botchez || Bejk<br />
|-<br />
| ''Breast'' || Breost || Brust || breost || breyst || gloçine || brest || briésto || mazitiz || bryoost || brewstez || Bröst<br />
|-<br />
| ''Brown'' || Brun || Braun || brúnur || brónd || kifo || brán || bróno || brunaz || brwn || brone || Brun<br />
|-<br />
| ''Day'' || De || Tag/Dag || dagg || dag || ord || da || di || hemeri || day || dayez || Dag<br />
|-<br />
| ''Dead'' || Däd || Tout || deyð || deggðe || vimordёd || ded || móro || ofoþeziðiz || diaad || dowthe || död<br />
|-<br />
| ''Die (Starve)'' || Steëfan || Sterben || deyja || degga || vishmordur || dæa || moróno || ofoþezan || dye || sterfen || döen<br />
|-<br />
| ''Enough'' || Jenü || Genuuk || gnogg || genog || mjalzsi || enuf ||enófo || ganogaz || ynoo || yanôô || nog<br />
|-<br />
| ''Finger'' || Finjä || Finger || fyngur || finger || cisti || fingur || fínkro || fingaraz || vinger || pancgers || Finger<br />
|-<br />
| ''Give'' || Jefan || Geben || gefa || gefe || jatur || giva || áddi || gebenan || yw || yefen || gefen<br />
|-<br />
| ''Glass'' || Öles || Glas || glass || glass || clёc || glas || gláso || jalaz || glas || haellez || Glas<br />
|-<br />
| ''Gold'' || Jöld || Gold || gold(metal)/gul(colour) ||gold(metal)/gul(colour) || voziţa || góld || goltí || gulþaz || goud || êêz || Guld<br />
|-<br />
| ''Hand'' || Hand || Hand || hønd || hend || ruuca || hand || ''h''ánto || hira || hond || hand || Hand<br />
|-<br />
| ''Head'' || Häfod || Kof/Houbet || hǿfuð || heyfuð || korrd || hed || éto || hefa || schaud || haufdez || Höd<br />
|-<br />
| ''High'' || Hä || Hou(k)h || hǿr || heyr || ljenёç || hæ || táli || hauhaz || schaach || hôô || hög<br />
|-<br />
| ''Home'' || Ham || Heim || óðal || hós || shmer || hóm || ''h''ómo || ohaz || hoom || te razôn || Hem<br />
|-<br />
| ''Hook'' || Anjeêl || Hakken || þnægi || snäge || grrepa || húk || hóko || hokaz || hook || yanqez || Krok<br />
|-<br />
| ''House'' || Hus || Haus || húss || hós || shmer || hás || dómo || ohaz || hws || razô || Hus<br />
|-<br />
| ''Many'' || Manï || Fil || mikkil || mikil || shumed || maný || máni || managaz || mainy || manahh || mang<br />
|-<br />
| ''Moon'' || Monê || Maane || monæð || monð || luna || mún || mūno || sili || moun || mênô || Mond<br />
|-<br />
| ''Night'' || Nït || Naht || kvøld || kveld || narrlid || næt || nitó || nahta || nicht || nehhtez || Nat<br />
|-<br />
| ''No'' || Nesê || Ne || nǽ || nä || ne || nó || no || ne || no || naye || ek/nej<br />
|-<br />
| ''Old'' || Öld || Ald || ald || ald || vёrmad || óld || ólti || arhaz || aud || forne || forn<br />
|-<br />
| ''One'' || An || Ein || ǽn || ään || ej || et || óna || hiz || wan || ên || ejn<br />
|-<br />
| ''Ounce'' || Ïnsê || (none) || hring || stu mas || || ánce || ūnso || (none) || wns || unsc (inch, ounce) || uns<br />
|-<br />
| ''Snow'' || Sma || Snei || þnǽ || snä || bolurţe || snó || snóvo || sniwaz || znaw || snêwen / snowen || Snö<br />
|-<br />
| ''Stone'' || Stan || Stein || stǽnn || stän || gjur || stón || róko || liþaz || stoon || stânez || Stejn<br />
|-<br />
| ''That'' || Tet || Dazh || þetta || hete || çad || þat || ta || sa/so/þat || that || that / thon / thân || det<br />
|-<br />
| ''Two/Twain'' || Twa || Zvei/Zvou || tvǽr || tär || xa || tvo || do || twaiz || twa || twô || tvö<br />
|-<br />
| ''Who'' || Wa || Ver(Nominative form) || hvem || ven || cus || vú || ki || hwaz || fa || hwô / hwat || Hvor<br />
|-<br />
| ''Worm'' || Wïêm || Vurm || slanga || slange || sligert || vurm || vormó || wurmiz || wierem || erthawormez || Orm<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Romance conlangs==<br />
===Natlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! ''English''<br />
! Latin<br />
! Catalan<br />
! French<br />
! Galician<br />
! Italian<br />
! Norman Jèrriais<br />
! Lombard<br />
! Piedmontese<br />
! Spanish<br />
! Portuguese<br />
! Romansh<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' || [Mattiana] Mala; Pomum (fruit) || Poma || Pomme || Mazá || Mela || Poumme || Pomm/Pumm || Pom || Manzana/Poma || Maçã || Mail<br />
|-<br />
|Board || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Beech || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Book || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Breast || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Brown || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Day || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Dead || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Die (Starve) || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Enough || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Finger || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Give || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Glass || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Gold || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Hand || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Head || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|High || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Home || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Hook || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|House || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Many || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Moon || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Night || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|No || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Old || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|One || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Ounce || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Snow || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Stone || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|That || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Two/Twain || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Who || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Worm || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Conlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! ''English''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Board'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Book'' <br />
|- <br />
| ''Breast'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Brown'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Day'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Dead'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Die'' <br />
|- <br />
| ''Enough''<br />
|-</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Conlang_comparison&diff=80386Conlang comparison2014-08-05T16:42:18Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Conlang comparison table */</p>
<hr />
<div>Because ''a posteriori'' languages borrow vocabulary from real spoken languages, it is often found that conlangs of this type relate to one another. On this page, it is possible to make comparisons between natlangs of the main branches and also of conlangs influenced by them. If you have an ''a posteriori'' conlang, please contribute to this page.<br />
<br />
==Germanic conlangs==<br />
===Natlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! English<br />
! Scots<br />
! West Frisian<br />
! Dutch<br />
! Low Saxon<br />
! German<br />
! Gothic<br />
! Icelandic<br />
! Faroese<br />
! Swedish<br />
! Danish<br />
! Norwegian (Nynorsk)<br />
|-<br />
|Apple || Aiple || Apel || Appel || Appel || Apfel || Aplus || Epli || Epl(i) || Äpple || Æble || Eple <br />
|-<br />
|Board || Buird || Board || Bord || Boord || Brett / Bord || Baúrd || Borð("table/plank") || Borð("table/plank/board of ship/side") || Bord("table/plank") || Bord("table/desk") || Bord("table/plank") <br />
|-<br />
|Beech || Beech || Boeke/ Boekebeam || Beuk || Böke || Buche || Bōka || Bók || Bók || Bok || Bøg || Bøk, Bok<br />
|-<br />
|Book || Beuk || Boek || Boek || Book || Buch || Bōka || Bók || Bók || Bok || Bog || Bok <br />
|-<br />
|Breast || Breest || Boarst || Borst || Bost || Brust || Brusts || Brjóst || Bróst || Bröst || Bryst || Bryst <br />
|-<br />
|Brown ||Broun || Brún || Bruin || Bruun || Braun || Bruns || Brúnn || Brúnur || Brun || Brun || Brun <br />
|-<br />
|Day || Day || Dei || Dag || Dag || Tag || Dags || Dagur || Dagur || Dag || Dag || Dag <br />
|-<br />
|Dead ||Deid || Dea || Dood || Dood || Tot || Dauþs || Dauður || Deyður || Död || Død || Daud <br />
|-<br />
|Die (Starve) || Dee || Stjerre || Sterven || Döen/ Starven || Sterben ||Diwan ||Deyja || Doyggja || Dö || Dø || Døy <br />
|-<br />
|Enough || Eneuch || Genôch || Genoeg || Noog || Genug || Ganōhs || Nóg || Nóg/ Nógmikið || Nog || Nok || Nok<br />
|-<br />
|Finger || Finger || Finger || Vinger || Finger || Finger || Figgrs || Fingur || Fingur || Finger || Finger || Finger <br />
|-<br />
|Give || Gie || Jaan || Geven || Geven || Geben || Giban || Gefa || Geva || Giva / Ge || Give || Gje(va) <br />
|-<br />
|Glass || Gless || Glês || Glas || Glas || Glas || || Gler || Glas || Glas || Glas || Glas <br />
|-<br />
|Gold || Gowd || Goud || Goud || Gold || Gold || Gulþ || Gull || Gull || Guld/ Gull || Guld || Gull <br />
|-<br />
|Hand || Haund || Hân || Hand || Hand || Hand || Handus || Hönd || Hond || Hand || Hånd || Hand <br />
|-<br />
|Head || Heid || Holle || Hoofd/ Kop || Kopp || Haupt/ Kopf || Háubiþ || Höfuð || Høvd/ Høvur || Huvud || Hoved || Hovud <br />
|-<br />
|High || Heich || Heech || Hoog || Hoog || Hoch || Háuh || Hár || Høg/ur || Hög || Høj || Høg <br />
|-<br />
|Home || Hame || Hiem || Heim || Heim || Heim || Háimōþ || Heim || Heim || Hem || Hjem || Heim <br />
|-<br />
|Hook || Heuk || Hoek || Haak || Haak || Haken || Krappa/ Krampa || Krókur || Krókur/ Ongul || Hake/ Krok || Hage/ Krog || Hake/ Krok <br />
|-<br />
|House || Hoose || Hûs || Huis || Huus || Haus || Hūs || Hús || Hús || Hus || Hus || Hus <br />
|-<br />
|Many || Mony || Mannich/Mennich || Menig || Mennig || Manch || Manags || Margir || Mangir/ Nógvir || Många || Mange || Mange <br />
|-<br />
|Moon || Muin || Moanne || Maan || Maan || Mond || Mēna || Tungl/ Máni || Máni/ Tungl || Måne || Måne || Måne <br />
|-<br />
|Night || Nicht || Nacht || Nacht || Natt/ Nacht || Nacht || Nótt || Nótt || Natt || Natt || Nat || Natt<br />
|-<br />
|No || Nae || Nee || Nee(n) || Nee || Nein (Nö, Nee) || Nē || Nei || Nei || Nej || Nej || Nei <br />
|-<br />
|Old || Auld || Âld || Oud, Gammel || Oll || Alt || Sineigs || Gamall (but: eldri, elstur)|| Gamal (but: eldri, elstur)|| Gammal (but: äldre, äldst)|| Gammel (but: ældre, ældst) || Gam(m)al (but: eldre, eldst) <br />
|-<br />
|One || Ane || Ien || Een || Een || Eins || Áins || Einn || Ein || En || En || Ein <br />
|-<br />
|Ounce || Unce || Ûns || Ons || Ons || Unze || Unkja || Únsa || Únsa || Uns || Unse || Unse <br />
|-<br />
|Snow || Snaw || Snie || Sneeuw || Snee || Schnee || Snáiws || Snjór || Kavi/ Snjógvur || Snö || Sne || Snø <br />
|-<br />
|Stone || Stane || Stien || Steen || Steen || Stein || Stáins || Steinn || Steinur || Sten || Sten || Stein <br />
|-<br />
|That || That || Dat || Dat, Die || Dat (Dit) || Das || Þata || Það || Tað || Det || Det || Det <br />
|-<br />
|Two/Twain || Twa || Twa || Twee || Twee || Zwei (Zwo) || Twái || Tveir/ Tvær/ Tvö || Tveir (/Tvá) || Två || To || To <br />
|-<br />
|Who || Wha || Wa || Wie || Wokeen || Wer || Ƕas (Hwas) || Hver || Hvør || Vem || Hvem || Kven <br />
|-<br />
|Worm ||Wirm || Wjirm || Wurm/ Worm || Worm || Wurm || Maþa || Maðkur, Ormur || Maðkur/ Ormur || Mask/ Orm("snake") || Orm || Mark/ Makk/ Orm("snake/worm")<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Conlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
|-<br />
| ''English'' || Tauro-Piscean (original) || Koolesh/Koulesh || Vityng || Folkendetonge || Thorsutian || Nyenglisk || Intrekomi || Hellingijø || Pembrish || Avantimannish || Viteberger<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' || Epeêl || Afel || æpla || äpel || mollu || Apel ||áplo || aplaz || apel || aapelez (fruit) || Äpel<br />
|-<br />
| ''Board'' || Bëd || Bord || þælja || häle || bjerd || bórd || bórdo || apahiz || bord || bordon (serving table) || Bord<br />
|-<br />
| ''Book'' || Bok || Buu(k)h || bøkk || búk || cingarta || búk || líbro || biblaz || book || boq || Bok<br />
|-<br />
| ''Beech'' || Bok || Buu(k)he || træ || trää || blёzsa || bých || bísso || boka || beich || botchez || Bejk<br />
|-<br />
| ''Breast'' || Breost || Brust || breost || breyst || gloçine || brest || briésto || mazitiz || bryoost || brewstez || Bröst<br />
|-<br />
| ''Brown'' || Brun || Braun || brúnur || brónd || kifo || brán || bróno || brunaz || brwn || brone || Brun<br />
|-<br />
| ''Day'' || De || Tag/Dag || dagg || dag || ord || da || di || hemeri || day || dayez || Dag<br />
|-<br />
| ''Dead'' || Däd || Tout || deyð || deggðe || vimordёd || ded || móro || ofoþeziðiz || diaad || dowthe || död<br />
|-<br />
| ''Die (Starve)'' || Steëfan || Sterben || deyja || degga || vishmordur || dæa || moróno || ofoþezan || dye || sterfen || döen<br />
|-<br />
| ''Enough'' || Jenü || Genuuk || gnogg || genog || mjalzsi || enuf ||enófo || ganogaz || ynoo || yanôô || nog<br />
|-<br />
| ''Finger'' || Finjä || Finger || fyngur || finger || cisti || fingur || fínkro || fingaraz || vinger || pancgers || Finger<br />
|-<br />
| ''Give'' || Jefan || Geben || gefa || gefe || jatur || giva || áddi || gebenan || yw || yefen || gefen<br />
|-<br />
| ''Glass'' || Öles || Glas || glass || glass || clёc || glas || gláso || jalaz || glas || haellez || Glas<br />
|-<br />
| ''Gold'' || Jöld || Gold || gold(metal)/gul(colour) ||gold(metal)/gul(colour) || voziţa || góld || goltí || gulþaz || goud || êêz || Guld<br />
|-<br />
| ''Hand'' || Hand || Hand || hønd || hend || ruuca || hand || ''h''ánto || hira || hond || hand || Hand<br />
|-<br />
| ''Head'' || Häfod || Kof/Houbet || hǿfuð || heyfuð || korrd || hed || éto || hefa || schaud || haufdez || Höd<br />
|-<br />
| ''High'' || Hä || Hou(k)h || hǿr || heyr || ljenёç || hæ || táli || hauhaz || schaach || hôô || hög<br />
|-<br />
| ''Home'' || Ham || Heim || óðal || hós || shmer || hóm || ''h''ómo || ohaz || hoom || te razôn || Hem<br />
|-<br />
| ''Hook'' || Anjeêl || Hakken || þnægi || snäge || grrepa || húk || hóko || hokaz || hook || yanqez || Krok<br />
|-<br />
| ''House'' || Hus || Haus || húss || hós || shmer || hás || dómo || ohaz || hws || razô || Hus<br />
|-<br />
| ''Many'' || Manï || Fil || mikkil || mikil || shumed || maný || máni || managaz || mainy || manahh || mang<br />
|-<br />
| ''Moon'' || Monê || Maane || monæð || monð || luna || mún || mūno || sili || moun || mênô || Mond<br />
|-<br />
| ''Night'' || Nït || Naht || kvøld || kveld || narrlid || næt || nitó || nahta || nicht || nehhtez || Nat<br />
|-<br />
| ''No'' || Nesê || Ne || nǽ || nä || ne || nó || no || ne || no || naye || eki || nej<br />
|-<br />
| ''Old'' || Öld || Ald || ald || ald || vёrmad || óld || ólti || arhaz || aud || forne || forn<br />
|-<br />
| ''One'' || An || Ein || ǽn || ään || ej || et || óna || hiz || wan || ên || ejn<br />
|-<br />
| ''Ounce'' || Ïnsê || (none) || hring || stu mas || || ánce || ūnso || (none) || wns || unsc (inch, ounce) || uns<br />
|-<br />
| ''Snow'' || Sma || Snei || þnǽ || snä || bolurţe || snó || snóvo || sniwaz || znaw || snêwen / snowen || Snö<br />
|-<br />
| ''Stone'' || Stan || Stein || stǽnn || stän || gjur || stón || róko || liþaz || stoon || stânez || Stejn<br />
|-<br />
| ''That'' || Tet || Dazh || þetta || hete || çad || þat || ta || sa/so/þat || that || that / thon / thân || det<br />
|-<br />
| ''Two/Twain'' || Twa || Zvei/Zvou || tvǽr || tär || xa || tvo || do || twaiz || twa || twô || tvö<br />
|-<br />
| ''Who'' || Wa || Ver(Nominative form) || hvem || ven || cus || vú || ki || hwaz || fa || hwô / hwat || Hvor<br />
|-<br />
| ''Worm'' || Wïêm || Vurm || slanga || slange || sligert || vurm || vormó || wurmiz || wierem || erthawormez || Orm<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Romance conlangs==<br />
===Natlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! ''English''<br />
! Latin<br />
! Catalan<br />
! French<br />
! Galician<br />
! Italian<br />
! Norman Jèrriais<br />
! Lombard<br />
! Piedmontese<br />
! Spanish<br />
! Portuguese<br />
! Romansh<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' || [Mattiana] Mala; Pomum (fruit) || Poma || Pomme || Mazá || Mela || Poumme || Pomm/Pumm || Pom || Manzana/Poma || Maçã || Mail<br />
|-<br />
|Board || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Beech || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Book || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Breast || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Brown || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Day || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Dead || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Die (Starve) || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Enough || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Finger || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Give || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Glass || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Gold || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Hand || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Head || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|High || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Home || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Hook || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|House || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Many || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Moon || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Night || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|No || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Old || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|One || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Ounce || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Snow || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Stone || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|That || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Two/Twain || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Who || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|-<br />
|Worm || || || || || || || || || || ||<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Conlang comparison table===<br />
{|border=1<br />
! ''English''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| ''Apple'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Board'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Book'' <br />
|- <br />
| ''Breast'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Brown'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Day'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Dead'' <br />
|-<br />
| ''Die'' <br />
|- <br />
| ''Enough''<br />
|-</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Viteberger&diff=80364Viteberger2014-08-04T08:58:54Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Word order - Ord Ordnin */</p>
<hr />
<div>Viteberger is a Scandinavian language with SOV word order.<br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Alphabet and Pronunciation - Tékenrol ok Utal==<br />
<br />
Viteberger uses an alphabet similar to English, but missing the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z. The letters ä and ö are added, following a and o respectively on the alphabet order. The vowels marked with diacritic accents, á, é, í, ó, and ú are not considered separate letters in the alphabet but just a variation of the original vowels because all they do is mark the stressed syllable (or syllables) of a word.<br />
<br />
On foreign words and names the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z are used, but not in any Viteberger words.<br />
<br />
*[a] = a – on the vast majority of words it is pronounced short, like a in the Spanish casa, on a few rare words it is pronounced long, as the letter a in the English far.<br />
<br />
*[ɛː] = ä – pronounced similar to the ai in fair, the same as a German ä.<br />
<br />
*[b] - b – pronounced the same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[d] - d – same as English.<br />
<br />
*[ɛ] - e – pronounced as the e in deck, never as the e in deep.<br />
<br />
*[f] - f – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[g] - g – always pronounced as the g in game with all vowels, never as the g in gesture.<br />
<br />
*[h] - h – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[i] - i – always as the e in be.<br />
<br />
*[k] - k – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[l] - l – similar to English, but the sound is made with a flat tongue, not with its tip curled back as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ʎ] - ly – pronounced as the Portuguese digraph lh as in baralho.<br />
<br />
*[m] - m – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[n] - n – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɔ] - o – always as the o in forward.<br />
<br />
*[œ] - ö – same as a German ö.<br />
<br />
*[p] – p - same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɾ] - r – pronounced like an English r but with a single strong thrill, similar to a Brazilian Portuguese r as in prato.<br />
<br />
*[s] - s – always as the s in same, never as the s in Asian.<br />
<br />
*[ʃ] - sy – pronounced as the sh in sheet, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[t] - t - similar to English, but the sound is not retroflex, which means it is done with a flat tongue, not with it curled back.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty – always pronounced as the ch in chili pepper.<br />
<br />
*[dv] - tv – the t is pronounced as a d, and the v is fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty - pronounced as the ch in chili pepper, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[u] - U – similar to the oo in boot but pronounced shorter.<br />
<br />
*[v] - v - same as in English<br />
<br />
*[j] - y – pronounced as the y in yellow, semi-vocalic.<br />
<br />
Viteberger vowels are divided in two groups: back vowels (a, o, u), and front vowels (e, i, y, ä, ö). The soft vowels influence the pronunciation of the letters G, K, T and D, making them slightly more aspirated than when pronounced with back vowels.<br />
<br />
The following digraphs are pronounced differently when used with back or front vowels:<br />
<br />
* '''sk''' - when used with a back vowel it is pronounced as the sc in scar, when used with a front vowel it is pronounced as the sh in shoot.<br />
<br />
* Skotör – ''leap year'', pronounced [skotœɾ] /skotör/<br />
<br />
* Sköl – ''bowl'', pronounced [ʃœl] /shöl/<br />
<br />
* '''gn''' - pronounced as gn in agnostic when used with back vowels, pronounced as a long n when used with front vowels.<br />
<br />
* Gnat – ''gnat'', pronounced as a hard g sound followed by the word not: [gnot] /g-not/<br />
<br />
* Bignid – ''building'', pronounced as [binnid] /bin-nid/<br />
<br />
When the letter k appears on the end of a syllable following a front vowel it sounds like a g:<br />
<br />
* Försíktig - ''careful'', pronounced [fœrsigtig] /försigtig/<br />
<br />
==Marking of syllable stress - Stavélsestrésenus Märkar==<br />
<br />
The syllabic stress of a Viteberger root word that has no diacritic markers falls by default on the syllable next to the last. On the examples below the stressed syllable is bolded:<br />
<br />
*Morgon - ''morning''<br />
<br />
*Gulfisk - ''goldfish''<br />
<br />
*Somer - ''summer''<br />
<br />
If the stress of a root word’s syllable does not fall in the next to the last syllable, it is marked by an acute diacritic marker used over the stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Banán - ''banana''<br />
<br />
*bákan - ''to bake''<br />
<br />
When a root word becomes longer due to any grammatical feature (e.g. pluralization, compounding, etc), the acute diacritic stress marker must be taken into consideration. A word that had no acute diacritic stress marker will require one, while a word that had a diacritic stress marker may drop it:<br />
<br />
*Mórgondug - ''morning dew'' (the word became longer due to compounding with Dug dew but the stress still falls on the first syllable of Morgon, so that syllable is now marked)<br />
<br />
*Gúlfisken - ''goldfishes'' (word is now pluralized but stress still falls on the same syllable so it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*Sómerende - ''summer’s end'' (the word was compounded but stress stays on the same syllable and it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*ey bak - ''I bake'' (the infinitive suffix was dropped on the conjugated verb, and now the stressed syllable is on the default position, so the diacritic can be removed).<br />
<br />
<br />
When a compound word is formed and two consonants meet, sometimes there is a need to insert a vowel in between the root words to rebuild a vowel that used to be there in ancient Viteberger. This vowel, most often an e, forms a new syllable, and then the diacrritic marker of a word may still be written because the stress still falls outside of the default position:<br />
<br />
*Banánebred - ''banana bread'' (the new compound word maintains the stress on the second syllable of the original word, so the diacritic can be dropped)<br />
<br />
*Yárdeberetört - ''strawberry pie'' (compound made from Yárdeber, and Tört. Yárdeber itself is a compound made of Yárd and Ber)<br />
<br />
<br />
On long compound word where the main stressed syllable is more than two syllables away from the word’s end, there is a tendency to not pronounce the very last syllable, for example on the word Sómerende the last -e ends up not being pronounced, and the word ends up being pronounced /Sómerend/. For that reason, there are times when the secondary stress of a word is also marked, to maintain full pronunciation of he entire word. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger word for /syllable stresses/ itself is marked twice: once at the first and main stressed syllable, and a second time under the secondary stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Stavélsestrésen <br />
<br />
<br />
The first stress is the vél syllable, while the secondary stress is on the strés syllable. If the secondary syllable were not marked then the <br />
plural marker, the -en at the very end of the word, wouldn’t be fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
<br />
If a word contains a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside of the default stress position, then the stress will fall on that umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*födselan - ''to be born''<br />
<br />
*Skotör - ''leap year''<br />
<br />
<br />
If however there is a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside the default position and that syllable is not the stressed syllable, then the stressed syllable, even if on the default position, will be marked with the diacritic:<br />
<br />
*Bíör - ''beer ''(notice how the diacritic is used over the í because the last syllable contains an umlauted ö)<br />
<br />
*Bróköl - ''broccoli''<br />
<br />
*Kírkyörd - ''cemetery''<br />
<br />
<br />
On words where all syllables are umlauted, the stress will always fall on the default position:<br />
<br />
*Tönköt - ''tooth gum''<br />
<br />
*Söspön - ''sauce pan''<br />
<br />
*Työnör - ''teenager''<br />
<br />
<br />
Finally, on words where there are two umlauted syllables, but none of them fall on the default position, the stress will fall with the first umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*Hövednäs - ''headache''<br />
<br />
==Word order - Ord Ordnin==<br />
<br />
The word order in Viteberger is SOV: subject, object, verb:<br />
<br />
ey han vet - ''I know her''<br />
<br />
<br />
The only exception to the word order is when forming questions, where the word order becomes VSO:<br />
<br />
vet du han? - ''do you know her?''<br />
<br />
==Nouns and grammatical cases - Substantiven ok gramatisk Falen==<br />
<br />
<br />
As in German all nouns are always capitalized.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cases - Falen'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Cases are denoted simply by the ending of a noun. In Viteberger most nouns are declined. There are 3 genders (masculine, feminine and neuter) and 4 strong cases (nominative, accusative, dative and genitive), and one weak case (locative). There are also three grammatical articles: unspecified, indefinite and definite. Each noun gets declensed according to gender, case, article and number.<br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger is not largely a grammatical language, but instead a lexical language. This means that is it is verbs and prepositions which govern cases, rather than sentence position. If there is both a verb and preposition in the sentence it will be the preposition rather than the verb which decides the case.<br />
<br />
<br />
Masculine noun: <br />
<br />
Vater - ''father''<br />
<br />
<br />
Feminine noun: <br />
<br />
Moder – ''mother''<br />
<br />
<br />
Neuter: <br />
<br />
Hund – ''dog''<br />
<br />
Hus - ''house''<br />
<br />
<br />
Case table, click on the picture below for a larger version:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING '''''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterur - ''father (accusative, unspecified, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterun - ''a father (accusative, indefinite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterut - ''the father (accusative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderant - ''the mothers (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderist - ''the mothers’ (genitive, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderet - ''the mother (nominative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundus - ''dog’s, the dog’s (genitive, unspecified or definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundur - ''dogs’, some dogs’ (genitive, unspecified or indefinite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundnet - ''the dogs (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger locative case is called a weak case because it is used only when used for the English equivalent preposition in for all other prepositions used for location (near, at, on top of, etc) the locative case is not used. The locative case is also the only case that is also added to another case, so that a noun in the locative case may also be in the nominative, accusative, dative or genitive case:<br />
<br />
<br />
Váteris Naveneti - ''in the name of the father''<br />
<br />
<br />
In the above sentence the word ''Váteris'' is on the genitive, definite, singular (Vater+is), while the word ''Naveneti'' is on the accusative, definite, singular, locative (Naven+et+i).<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Vowel shift plural - Vokál skifin Flörtal'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On nouns ending in -en there is usually a vowel shift on the syllable preceding the last. <br />
<br />
<br />
a > ä<br />
<br />
<br />
e or i > no change<br />
<br />
<br />
o > ö<br />
<br />
<br />
u > ü<br />
<br />
<br />
Example of a vowel shift plural:<br />
<br />
<br />
Vapen - ''weapon''<br />
<br />
<br />
Väpen - ''weapons''<br />
<br />
<br />
Marten - ''marten''<br />
<br />
<br />
Märten - ''martens''<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven==<br />
<br />
<br />
There are two grammatical numbers, singular and plural; and two grammatical genders: human and neuter.<br />
<br />
<br />
The human gender is used to denote any human, the neuter gender is used for everything else. <br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger has an unique personal pronoun on the third person singular called the Blankpérson “blank person”, that is used in situations where the gender of the third person is yet unknown, or when it is used in a generic sense. That is similar to when in English the word “one” is used to substitute a pronoun in the third person singular. For simplification purposes this pronoun will be translated as “one” henceforth.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, nominative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
ey - ''I''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
han – ''he/she''<br />
<br />
en - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one (the blank person, aka Tömperson)''<br />
<br />
vi - ''we''<br />
<br />
ni - ''you''<br />
<br />
dey - ''they''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, accusative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mi - ''me''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
hon – ''him/her''<br />
<br />
sin - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one''<br />
<br />
os - ''us''<br />
<br />
nin - ''you''<br />
<br />
din - ''them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, dative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mir - ''to me''<br />
<br />
dir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
her - ''to him/her''<br />
<br />
sir - ''to it''<br />
<br />
miner - ''to one''<br />
<br />
vir - ''to us''<br />
<br />
nir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
der - ''to them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, genitive case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
men - ''my, mine''<br />
<br />
din - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
hans - ''her, hers''<br />
<br />
sin - ''its''<br />
<br />
vin - ''our, ours''<br />
<br />
nin - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
der - ''their, theirs''<br />
<br />
==Regular Verbs - Régelbúnden Verber==<br />
<br />
'''Infinitive - Infínitiv'''<br />
<br />
The infinitive of all verbs is marked with the suffix -an following the verbal root:<br />
<br />
verkan - ''to work''<br />
<br />
hopan - ''to jump''<br />
<br />
ritan - ''to draw''<br />
<br />
regnan - ''to rain''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Participles - Participer'''<br />
<br />
Viteberger has different participles for past, present and future, which are used to form the perfect aspect for each tense. The past participle is the verb root plus ''-et'' suffix. The present tense is the root plus ''-ar''. The future participle is the root plus ''-érei''.<br />
<br />
Past participle: ''verket''<br />
<br />
Present participle: ''verkar''<br />
<br />
Future participle: ''verkérei''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Present - Énkelnúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present tense is marked by the verb root used by the singular and the root plus the suffix ''-en'' for the plural:<br />
<br />
ey verk - ''I work''<br />
<br />
du verk - ''you work''<br />
<br />
er verk - ''he works''<br />
<br />
zi verk - ''she works''<br />
<br />
en verk - ''it works''<br />
<br />
min verk - ''one works''<br />
<br />
vey verken - ''we work''<br />
<br />
ney verken - ''you work''<br />
<br />
dey verken - ''they work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Present Perfect - Fulkómignúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present perfect is formed by the use of the auxiliary verb haban "to have", followed by the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hav verkar - ''I have worked''<br />
<br />
du hav verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
er hav verkar - ''he has worked''<br />
<br />
zi hav verkear - ''she has werked''<br />
<br />
en hav verket - ''it has worked''<br />
<br />
vey haven verkar - ''we have worked''<br />
<br />
ney haven verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
dey haven verkar - ''they have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Past - Énkelfórtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The past tense is formed by the verb root plus suffix ''-et'':<br />
<br />
ey verket - ''I worked''<br />
<br />
du verket - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
er verket - ''he worked''<br />
<br />
zi verket - ''she worked''<br />
<br />
en verket - ''it worked''<br />
<br />
vey verketen - ''we worked''<br />
<br />
ney verketen - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
dey verketen - ''they worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Past Perfect - Fulkómigfóstidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''in the past tense, plus the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hat verket - ''I had worked''<br />
<br />
du hat verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
er hat verket - ''he had worked''<br />
<br />
zi hat verket - ''she had worked''<br />
<br />
en hat verket - ''it had worked''<br />
<br />
vey haten verket - ''we had worked''<br />
<br />
ney haten verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
dey haten verket - ''they had worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Future - Énkelfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by adding the suffix -''éra ''to the singular forms, and -''éran ''to the plural forms. Notice how the syllable stress moves with the future tense.<br />
<br />
ey vérkera - ''I will work''<br />
<br />
du vérkera - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
er vérkera - ''he will work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkera - ''she will work''<br />
<br />
en vérkera - ''it will work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeran - ''we will work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeran - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeran - ''they will work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Future Perfect - Fulkómigfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''plus the future participle:<br />
<br />
ey hátera verkérei - ''I will have worked''<br />
<br />
du hátera verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
er hátera verkérei - ''he will have worked''<br />
<br />
zi hátera verkérei - ''she will have worked''<br />
<br />
en hátera verkérei - ''it will have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteran verkérei - ''we will have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteran verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteran verkérei - ''they will have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conditional mood - Vilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the suffix -''erat ''after the verb root:<br />
<br />
ey vérkerat - ''I would work''<br />
<br />
du vérkerat - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
er vérkerat - ''he would work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkerat - ''she would work''<br />
<br />
en vérkerat - ''it would work''<br />
<br />
min vérkerat - ''one would work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeraten - ''we would work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeraten - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeraten - ''they would work''<br />
<br />
<br />
Past conditional mood - '''Fórstidvilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by the use of the conditional form of the auxiliary verb ''haban ''with the past participle:<br />
<br />
ey háterat verket - ''I would have worked''<br />
<br />
du háterat verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
er háterat verket - ''he would have worked''<br />
<br />
zi háterat verket - ''she would have worked''<br />
<br />
en háterat verket - ''it would have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteraten verket - ''we would have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteraten verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteraten verket - ''they would have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Suggestive - Fórslagskap'''<br />
<br />
The suggestive is formed by using the present tense with the auxiliary verb ''skud:''<br />
<br />
ey skud verk - ''I should work''<br />
<br />
du skud verk - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
er skud verk - ''he should work''<br />
<br />
zi skud verk - ''she should work''<br />
<br />
en skud verk - ''it should work''<br />
<br />
min skud verk - ''one should work''<br />
<br />
vey skud verken - ''we should work''<br />
<br />
ney skud verken - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
dey skud verken - ''they should work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Imperative mood - Imperativskap'''<br />
<br />
The imperative is formed by using the suffix -''e ''attached to the root:<br />
<br />
verke - ''work''<br />
<br />
==The verbal prefix tig- - tig- vérbalisk Forskeytet==<br />
<br />
When making requests or wishes the verbal prefix ''tig-'' is used in conjunction with the imperative:<br />
<br />
vaknan - ''to wake up''<br />
<br />
vakne! - ''wake up!''<br />
<br />
tigvakne - ''please wake up''<br />
<br />
Note: the prefix ''tig-'' comes from the verb ''tigan'' “to beg”.<br />
<br />
==Prepositions and the dative case - Forméninger ok dátiv Falet==<br />
<br />
In general, the dative is used to mark the indirect object of a Viteberger sentence. In the following example ''Man'' is in the dative:<br />
<br />
Ey Manit Boket sendet - ''I sent the book to the man''<br />
<br />
In English, the same sentence may be rendered: “I sent the man the book.” The indirect object here is marked by standing in front of the direct object. The normal word order in Viteberger is also to put the dative in front of the accusative (as in the example above). However, since the Viteberger dative is marked in form, it can also be put after the accusative: ''Ey Boket Manit sendet''.<br />
<br />
Certain Viteberger prepositions require the dative: ''fra, nem, mot, med, efter, seden, av, fyer''. Other prepositions (''til, ö, bak, i, darauk, um, under, för, mil'') may be used with dative (indicating current location), or accusative (indicating direction toward something). ''Boket ö Bordit li'' (dative: the book is lying on the table), but ''Ey Boket ö Bordet set'' (accusative: I put the book onto the table).<br />
<br />
In addition, the four prepositions ''vegne'' (“because of”), ''trots'' (“in spite of”), ''anstät'' (“instead of”) and ''vid'' (“during”), which require the genitive in formal language, are most commonly used with the dative in colloquial Viteberger. For example, “because of the weather” is expressed as ''vegne Väterit'' instead of the formally correct ''vegen Väterus''. <br />
<br />
Note that the concept of an indirect object may be rendered by a prepositional phrase. In this case, the noun’s or pronoun’s case is determined by the preposition, NOT by its function in the sentence. <br />
<br />
Some Viteberger verbs require the dative for their direct objects. Common examples include ''folgan, hyalpan,'' and ''svaran''. In each case, the direct object of the verb is rendered in dative. For example:<br />
<br />
Men Viner mir hyalp. - ''My friends help me.''<br />
<br />
==W Words - V Order==<br />
<br />
In Viteberger the so-called V Order (V words) are the six W Words in English, plus ''how'':<br />
<br />
Var - ''What''<br />
<br />
Varfor - ''Why''<br />
<br />
Ven - ''When''<br />
<br />
Vard - ''Where''<br />
<br />
Vilk - ''Which''<br />
<br />
Vem - ''Who''<br />
<br />
Vor - ''How''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Example phrases'''<br />
<br />
Var gör du? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Varfor är du her? - ''Why are you here?''<br />
<br />
Ven komt hen Hemi? - ''When did she come home?''<br />
<br />
Ken du, vard är meyn Níkeler? - ''Where are my keys?''<br />
<br />
Vilk är Kvina Sandra? - ''Which woman is Sandra?''<br />
<br />
Vem etet Blódkeyknit? - ''Who ate the blood cakes?''<br />
<br />
Vor betalet du for Benzinet? - ''How did you pay for the gasoline?''<br />
<br />
==Telling time - Tídmätar==<br />
<br />
'''Days of the week'''<br />
<br />
Monsdag - ''monday''<br />
<br />
Tinsdag - ''tuesday''<br />
<br />
Vensdag - ''wednesday''<br />
<br />
Torsdag - ''thursday''<br />
<br />
Frisdag - ''friday''<br />
<br />
Lörsdag - ''saturday''<br />
<br />
Sonsdag - ''Sunday''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Months''' <br />
<br />
The Vitebergers have a unique calendar that was developed in the 16th century by Viteberger astronomer ''Yan af Grönäng Äskílsone'', based on local culture. The calendar was designed to start at the winter solstice, but errors in calculation means the year actually starts three days after the solstice. The calendar has thirteen 28-day long months, and is followed by a day, mistakenly called a month, that is just called ''Örende'': Year’s End. The thirteen months plus one day equal 365 days like the Gregorian calendar. On leap years the ''Örende'' is two days long. <br />
<br />
Yulmond – ''25 December - 21 January (Yule month)''<br />
<br />
Kertmond – ''22 January - 18 February (candle month)''<br />
<br />
Vormond – ''19 February - 18 March (spring month)''<br />
<br />
Óstermond – ''19 March - 15 April (month of the Nordic godess Oestra, also Easter month)''<br />
<br />
Blómenmond – ''16 April - 13 May (blooming month)''<br />
<br />
Sonmond – ''14 May - 10 June (month of sun)''<br />
<br />
Hetmond – ''11 June - 8 July (heat month)''<br />
<br />
Gródamond – ''9 July - 5 August (crop month)''<br />
<br />
Härfestmond - ''6 August - 2 September (harvest month)''<br />
<br />
Gulmond – ''3 September - 30 September (amber month)''<br />
<br />
Kaltmond – ''1 October - 28 October (cold month)''<br />
<br />
Frostmond – ''29 October - 25 November (frost month)''<br />
<br />
Víntermond – ''26 November - 23 December (winter month)''<br />
<br />
Örénde – ''24 December (year’s end)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Here is a chart showing the months of the Viteberger and Gregorian calendars side by side. Click on the picture for a larger size:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING'''''<br />
<br />
==Time, Manner, Place - Tid, Hat, Stat==<br />
<br />
Viteberger puts adpositional phrases together using a Time, Manner, Place order, which is different from English, which uses a Place, Manner, Time order:<br />
<br />
* Ey yästern med Bili til Hemi komt.<br />
<br />
* /I yesterday by car to home came./<br />
<br />
* ''I came home by car yesterday''<br />
<br />
Notice also how yesterday is considered an adverb in Viteberger (as are most temporal words) and do not get capitalized like nouns, and are not declensed for case.<br />
<br />
==How to start a conversation in Viteberger==<br />
<br />
'''Informal Greetings - Uformlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
Here are a few informal ways of starting a conversation in Viteberger. Below are the phrases in Viteberger with the literal English translation, and the equivalent English phrase between parenthesis if needed.<br />
<br />
Var gör di? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Var gör? (slang) - ''What are you doing? (What’s up?)''<br />
<br />
Vor käna di? - ''How are you feeling? (How are you?)''<br />
<br />
Var händ núu? - ''What’s happening now? (What’s going on?)''<br />
<br />
Hey! - ''Hey! Hi!''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Formal Greetings - Formlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
The following greetings are used when meeting someone, not when saying goodbye.<br />
<br />
God Morgon - ''Good morning (used from sunrise until noon)''<br />
<br />
God Dag - ''Good day (used from noon until sunset)''<br />
<br />
God Väl - ''Good evening (used from sunset until about 10 or 11 pm)''<br />
<br />
God Nat - ''Good night (used from 10 or 11 pm until sunrise)''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Saying Goodbye - Farvel Sigin'''<br />
<br />
These are informal greetings for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Vey möder - ''We meet (we will meet again)''<br />
<br />
Senar - ''Later''<br />
<br />
Snart - ''Soon'' <br />
<br />
Ö Mórgoni - ''In the morning''<br />
<br />
<br />
The following formal greetings are suitable for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Farvel - ''Farewell''<br />
<br />
Vey aftur möderan - ''We will meet again''<br />
<br />
==Short texts - Kort Texter==<br />
<br />
Short texts in Viteberger can be found here: [[Viteberger short texts]]<br />
<br />
==Viteberger Culture - Viteberger Mening==<br />
<br />
Go to this page for: [[Viteberger Culture]]</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Viteberger&diff=80363Viteberger2014-08-04T08:53:41Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Telling time - Tídmätar */</p>
<hr />
<div>Viteberger is a Scandinavian language with SOV word order.<br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Alphabet and Pronunciation - Tékenrol ok Utal==<br />
<br />
Viteberger uses an alphabet similar to English, but missing the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z. The letters ä and ö are added, following a and o respectively on the alphabet order. The vowels marked with diacritic accents, á, é, í, ó, and ú are not considered separate letters in the alphabet but just a variation of the original vowels because all they do is mark the stressed syllable (or syllables) of a word.<br />
<br />
On foreign words and names the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z are used, but not in any Viteberger words.<br />
<br />
*[a] = a – on the vast majority of words it is pronounced short, like a in the Spanish casa, on a few rare words it is pronounced long, as the letter a in the English far.<br />
<br />
*[ɛː] = ä – pronounced similar to the ai in fair, the same as a German ä.<br />
<br />
*[b] - b – pronounced the same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[d] - d – same as English.<br />
<br />
*[ɛ] - e – pronounced as the e in deck, never as the e in deep.<br />
<br />
*[f] - f – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[g] - g – always pronounced as the g in game with all vowels, never as the g in gesture.<br />
<br />
*[h] - h – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[i] - i – always as the e in be.<br />
<br />
*[k] - k – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[l] - l – similar to English, but the sound is made with a flat tongue, not with its tip curled back as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ʎ] - ly – pronounced as the Portuguese digraph lh as in baralho.<br />
<br />
*[m] - m – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[n] - n – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɔ] - o – always as the o in forward.<br />
<br />
*[œ] - ö – same as a German ö.<br />
<br />
*[p] – p - same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɾ] - r – pronounced like an English r but with a single strong thrill, similar to a Brazilian Portuguese r as in prato.<br />
<br />
*[s] - s – always as the s in same, never as the s in Asian.<br />
<br />
*[ʃ] - sy – pronounced as the sh in sheet, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[t] - t - similar to English, but the sound is not retroflex, which means it is done with a flat tongue, not with it curled back.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty – always pronounced as the ch in chili pepper.<br />
<br />
*[dv] - tv – the t is pronounced as a d, and the v is fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty - pronounced as the ch in chili pepper, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[u] - U – similar to the oo in boot but pronounced shorter.<br />
<br />
*[v] - v - same as in English<br />
<br />
*[j] - y – pronounced as the y in yellow, semi-vocalic.<br />
<br />
Viteberger vowels are divided in two groups: back vowels (a, o, u), and front vowels (e, i, y, ä, ö). The soft vowels influence the pronunciation of the letters G, K, T and D, making them slightly more aspirated than when pronounced with back vowels.<br />
<br />
The following digraphs are pronounced differently when used with back or front vowels:<br />
<br />
* '''sk''' - when used with a back vowel it is pronounced as the sc in scar, when used with a front vowel it is pronounced as the sh in shoot.<br />
<br />
* Skotör – ''leap year'', pronounced [skotœɾ] /skotör/<br />
<br />
* Sköl – ''bowl'', pronounced [ʃœl] /shöl/<br />
<br />
* '''gn''' - pronounced as gn in agnostic when used with back vowels, pronounced as a long n when used with front vowels.<br />
<br />
* Gnat – ''gnat'', pronounced as a hard g sound followed by the word not: [gnot] /g-not/<br />
<br />
* Bignid – ''building'', pronounced as [binnid] /bin-nid/<br />
<br />
When the letter k appears on the end of a syllable following a front vowel it sounds like a g:<br />
<br />
* Försíktig - ''careful'', pronounced [fœrsigtig] /försigtig/<br />
<br />
==Marking of syllable stress - Stavélsestrésenus Märkar==<br />
<br />
The syllabic stress of a Viteberger root word that has no diacritic markers falls by default on the syllable next to the last. On the examples below the stressed syllable is bolded:<br />
<br />
*Morgon - ''morning''<br />
<br />
*Gulfisk - ''goldfish''<br />
<br />
*Somer - ''summer''<br />
<br />
If the stress of a root word’s syllable does not fall in the next to the last syllable, it is marked by an acute diacritic marker used over the stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Banán - ''banana''<br />
<br />
*bákan - ''to bake''<br />
<br />
When a root word becomes longer due to any grammatical feature (e.g. pluralization, compounding, etc), the acute diacritic stress marker must be taken into consideration. A word that had no acute diacritic stress marker will require one, while a word that had a diacritic stress marker may drop it:<br />
<br />
*Mórgondug - ''morning dew'' (the word became longer due to compounding with Dug dew but the stress still falls on the first syllable of Morgon, so that syllable is now marked)<br />
<br />
*Gúlfisken - ''goldfishes'' (word is now pluralized but stress still falls on the same syllable so it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*Sómerende - ''summer’s end'' (the word was compounded but stress stays on the same syllable and it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*ey bak - ''I bake'' (the infinitive suffix was dropped on the conjugated verb, and now the stressed syllable is on the default position, so the diacritic can be removed).<br />
<br />
<br />
When a compound word is formed and two consonants meet, sometimes there is a need to insert a vowel in between the root words to rebuild a vowel that used to be there in ancient Viteberger. This vowel, most often an e, forms a new syllable, and then the diacrritic marker of a word may still be written because the stress still falls outside of the default position:<br />
<br />
*Banánebred - ''banana bread'' (the new compound word maintains the stress on the second syllable of the original word, so the diacritic can be dropped)<br />
<br />
*Yárdeberetört - ''strawberry pie'' (compound made from Yárdeber, and Tört. Yárdeber itself is a compound made of Yárd and Ber)<br />
<br />
<br />
On long compound word where the main stressed syllable is more than two syllables away from the word’s end, there is a tendency to not pronounce the very last syllable, for example on the word Sómerende the last -e ends up not being pronounced, and the word ends up being pronounced /Sómerend/. For that reason, there are times when the secondary stress of a word is also marked, to maintain full pronunciation of he entire word. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger word for /syllable stresses/ itself is marked twice: once at the first and main stressed syllable, and a second time under the secondary stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Stavélsestrésen <br />
<br />
<br />
The first stress is the vél syllable, while the secondary stress is on the strés syllable. If the secondary syllable were not marked then the <br />
plural marker, the -en at the very end of the word, wouldn’t be fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
<br />
If a word contains a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside of the default stress position, then the stress will fall on that umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*födselan - ''to be born''<br />
<br />
*Skotör - ''leap year''<br />
<br />
<br />
If however there is a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside the default position and that syllable is not the stressed syllable, then the stressed syllable, even if on the default position, will be marked with the diacritic:<br />
<br />
*Bíör - ''beer ''(notice how the diacritic is used over the í because the last syllable contains an umlauted ö)<br />
<br />
*Bróköl - ''broccoli''<br />
<br />
*Kírkyörd - ''cemetery''<br />
<br />
<br />
On words where all syllables are umlauted, the stress will always fall on the default position:<br />
<br />
*Tönköt - ''tooth gum''<br />
<br />
*Söspön - ''sauce pan''<br />
<br />
*Työnör - ''teenager''<br />
<br />
<br />
Finally, on words where there are two umlauted syllables, but none of them fall on the default position, the stress will fall with the first umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*Hövednäs - ''headache''<br />
<br />
==Word order - Ord Ordnin==<br />
<br />
<br />
==Nouns and grammatical cases - Substantiven ok gramatisk Falen==<br />
<br />
<br />
As in German all nouns are always capitalized.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cases - Falen'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Cases are denoted simply by the ending of a noun. In Viteberger most nouns are declined. There are 3 genders (masculine, feminine and neuter) and 4 strong cases (nominative, accusative, dative and genitive), and one weak case (locative). There are also three grammatical articles: unspecified, indefinite and definite. Each noun gets declensed according to gender, case, article and number.<br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger is not largely a grammatical language, but instead a lexical language. This means that is it is verbs and prepositions which govern cases, rather than sentence position. If there is both a verb and preposition in the sentence it will be the preposition rather than the verb which decides the case.<br />
<br />
<br />
Masculine noun: <br />
<br />
Vater - ''father''<br />
<br />
<br />
Feminine noun: <br />
<br />
Moder – ''mother''<br />
<br />
<br />
Neuter: <br />
<br />
Hund – ''dog''<br />
<br />
Hus - ''house''<br />
<br />
<br />
Case table, click on the picture below for a larger version:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING '''''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterur - ''father (accusative, unspecified, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterun - ''a father (accusative, indefinite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterut - ''the father (accusative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderant - ''the mothers (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderist - ''the mothers’ (genitive, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderet - ''the mother (nominative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundus - ''dog’s, the dog’s (genitive, unspecified or definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundur - ''dogs’, some dogs’ (genitive, unspecified or indefinite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundnet - ''the dogs (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger locative case is called a weak case because it is used only when used for the English equivalent preposition in for all other prepositions used for location (near, at, on top of, etc) the locative case is not used. The locative case is also the only case that is also added to another case, so that a noun in the locative case may also be in the nominative, accusative, dative or genitive case:<br />
<br />
<br />
Váteris Naveneti - ''in the name of the father''<br />
<br />
<br />
In the above sentence the word ''Váteris'' is on the genitive, definite, singular (Vater+is), while the word ''Naveneti'' is on the accusative, definite, singular, locative (Naven+et+i).<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Vowel shift plural - Vokál skifin Flörtal'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On nouns ending in -en there is usually a vowel shift on the syllable preceding the last. <br />
<br />
<br />
a > ä<br />
<br />
<br />
e or i > no change<br />
<br />
<br />
o > ö<br />
<br />
<br />
u > ü<br />
<br />
<br />
Example of a vowel shift plural:<br />
<br />
<br />
Vapen - ''weapon''<br />
<br />
<br />
Väpen - ''weapons''<br />
<br />
<br />
Marten - ''marten''<br />
<br />
<br />
Märten - ''martens''<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven==<br />
<br />
<br />
There are two grammatical numbers, singular and plural; and two grammatical genders: human and neuter.<br />
<br />
<br />
The human gender is used to denote any human, the neuter gender is used for everything else. <br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger has an unique personal pronoun on the third person singular called the Blankpérson “blank person”, that is used in situations where the gender of the third person is yet unknown, or when it is used in a generic sense. That is similar to when in English the word “one” is used to substitute a pronoun in the third person singular. For simplification purposes this pronoun will be translated as “one” henceforth.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, nominative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
ey - ''I''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
han – ''he/she''<br />
<br />
en - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one (the blank person, aka Tömperson)''<br />
<br />
vi - ''we''<br />
<br />
ni - ''you''<br />
<br />
dey - ''they''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, accusative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mi - ''me''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
hon – ''him/her''<br />
<br />
sin - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one''<br />
<br />
os - ''us''<br />
<br />
nin - ''you''<br />
<br />
din - ''them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, dative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mir - ''to me''<br />
<br />
dir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
her - ''to him/her''<br />
<br />
sir - ''to it''<br />
<br />
miner - ''to one''<br />
<br />
vir - ''to us''<br />
<br />
nir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
der - ''to them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, genitive case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
men - ''my, mine''<br />
<br />
din - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
hans - ''her, hers''<br />
<br />
sin - ''its''<br />
<br />
vin - ''our, ours''<br />
<br />
nin - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
der - ''their, theirs''<br />
<br />
==Regular Verbs - Régelbúnden Verber==<br />
<br />
'''Infinitive - Infínitiv'''<br />
<br />
The infinitive of all verbs is marked with the suffix -an following the verbal root:<br />
<br />
verkan - ''to work''<br />
<br />
hopan - ''to jump''<br />
<br />
ritan - ''to draw''<br />
<br />
regnan - ''to rain''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Participles - Participer'''<br />
<br />
Viteberger has different participles for past, present and future, which are used to form the perfect aspect for each tense. The past participle is the verb root plus ''-et'' suffix. The present tense is the root plus ''-ar''. The future participle is the root plus ''-érei''.<br />
<br />
Past participle: ''verket''<br />
<br />
Present participle: ''verkar''<br />
<br />
Future participle: ''verkérei''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Present - Énkelnúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present tense is marked by the verb root used by the singular and the root plus the suffix ''-en'' for the plural:<br />
<br />
ey verk - ''I work''<br />
<br />
du verk - ''you work''<br />
<br />
er verk - ''he works''<br />
<br />
zi verk - ''she works''<br />
<br />
en verk - ''it works''<br />
<br />
min verk - ''one works''<br />
<br />
vey verken - ''we work''<br />
<br />
ney verken - ''you work''<br />
<br />
dey verken - ''they work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Present Perfect - Fulkómignúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present perfect is formed by the use of the auxiliary verb haban "to have", followed by the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hav verkar - ''I have worked''<br />
<br />
du hav verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
er hav verkar - ''he has worked''<br />
<br />
zi hav verkear - ''she has werked''<br />
<br />
en hav verket - ''it has worked''<br />
<br />
vey haven verkar - ''we have worked''<br />
<br />
ney haven verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
dey haven verkar - ''they have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Past - Énkelfórtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The past tense is formed by the verb root plus suffix ''-et'':<br />
<br />
ey verket - ''I worked''<br />
<br />
du verket - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
er verket - ''he worked''<br />
<br />
zi verket - ''she worked''<br />
<br />
en verket - ''it worked''<br />
<br />
vey verketen - ''we worked''<br />
<br />
ney verketen - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
dey verketen - ''they worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Past Perfect - Fulkómigfóstidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''in the past tense, plus the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hat verket - ''I had worked''<br />
<br />
du hat verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
er hat verket - ''he had worked''<br />
<br />
zi hat verket - ''she had worked''<br />
<br />
en hat verket - ''it had worked''<br />
<br />
vey haten verket - ''we had worked''<br />
<br />
ney haten verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
dey haten verket - ''they had worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Future - Énkelfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by adding the suffix -''éra ''to the singular forms, and -''éran ''to the plural forms. Notice how the syllable stress moves with the future tense.<br />
<br />
ey vérkera - ''I will work''<br />
<br />
du vérkera - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
er vérkera - ''he will work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkera - ''she will work''<br />
<br />
en vérkera - ''it will work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeran - ''we will work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeran - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeran - ''they will work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Future Perfect - Fulkómigfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''plus the future participle:<br />
<br />
ey hátera verkérei - ''I will have worked''<br />
<br />
du hátera verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
er hátera verkérei - ''he will have worked''<br />
<br />
zi hátera verkérei - ''she will have worked''<br />
<br />
en hátera verkérei - ''it will have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteran verkérei - ''we will have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteran verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteran verkérei - ''they will have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conditional mood - Vilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the suffix -''erat ''after the verb root:<br />
<br />
ey vérkerat - ''I would work''<br />
<br />
du vérkerat - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
er vérkerat - ''he would work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkerat - ''she would work''<br />
<br />
en vérkerat - ''it would work''<br />
<br />
min vérkerat - ''one would work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeraten - ''we would work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeraten - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeraten - ''they would work''<br />
<br />
<br />
Past conditional mood - '''Fórstidvilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by the use of the conditional form of the auxiliary verb ''haban ''with the past participle:<br />
<br />
ey háterat verket - ''I would have worked''<br />
<br />
du háterat verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
er háterat verket - ''he would have worked''<br />
<br />
zi háterat verket - ''she would have worked''<br />
<br />
en háterat verket - ''it would have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteraten verket - ''we would have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteraten verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteraten verket - ''they would have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Suggestive - Fórslagskap'''<br />
<br />
The suggestive is formed by using the present tense with the auxiliary verb ''skud:''<br />
<br />
ey skud verk - ''I should work''<br />
<br />
du skud verk - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
er skud verk - ''he should work''<br />
<br />
zi skud verk - ''she should work''<br />
<br />
en skud verk - ''it should work''<br />
<br />
min skud verk - ''one should work''<br />
<br />
vey skud verken - ''we should work''<br />
<br />
ney skud verken - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
dey skud verken - ''they should work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Imperative mood - Imperativskap'''<br />
<br />
The imperative is formed by using the suffix -''e ''attached to the root:<br />
<br />
verke - ''work''<br />
<br />
==The verbal prefix tig- - tig- vérbalisk Forskeytet==<br />
<br />
When making requests or wishes the verbal prefix ''tig-'' is used in conjunction with the imperative:<br />
<br />
vaknan - ''to wake up''<br />
<br />
vakne! - ''wake up!''<br />
<br />
tigvakne - ''please wake up''<br />
<br />
Note: the prefix ''tig-'' comes from the verb ''tigan'' “to beg”.<br />
<br />
==Prepositions and the dative case - Forméninger ok dátiv Falet==<br />
<br />
In general, the dative is used to mark the indirect object of a Viteberger sentence. In the following example ''Man'' is in the dative:<br />
<br />
Ey Manit Boket sendet - ''I sent the book to the man''<br />
<br />
In English, the same sentence may be rendered: “I sent the man the book.” The indirect object here is marked by standing in front of the direct object. The normal word order in Viteberger is also to put the dative in front of the accusative (as in the example above). However, since the Viteberger dative is marked in form, it can also be put after the accusative: ''Ey Boket Manit sendet''.<br />
<br />
Certain Viteberger prepositions require the dative: ''fra, nem, mot, med, efter, seden, av, fyer''. Other prepositions (''til, ö, bak, i, darauk, um, under, för, mil'') may be used with dative (indicating current location), or accusative (indicating direction toward something). ''Boket ö Bordit li'' (dative: the book is lying on the table), but ''Ey Boket ö Bordet set'' (accusative: I put the book onto the table).<br />
<br />
In addition, the four prepositions ''vegne'' (“because of”), ''trots'' (“in spite of”), ''anstät'' (“instead of”) and ''vid'' (“during”), which require the genitive in formal language, are most commonly used with the dative in colloquial Viteberger. For example, “because of the weather” is expressed as ''vegne Väterit'' instead of the formally correct ''vegen Väterus''. <br />
<br />
Note that the concept of an indirect object may be rendered by a prepositional phrase. In this case, the noun’s or pronoun’s case is determined by the preposition, NOT by its function in the sentence. <br />
<br />
Some Viteberger verbs require the dative for their direct objects. Common examples include ''folgan, hyalpan,'' and ''svaran''. In each case, the direct object of the verb is rendered in dative. For example:<br />
<br />
Men Viner mir hyalp. - ''My friends help me.''<br />
<br />
==W Words - V Order==<br />
<br />
In Viteberger the so-called V Order (V words) are the six W Words in English, plus ''how'':<br />
<br />
Var - ''What''<br />
<br />
Varfor - ''Why''<br />
<br />
Ven - ''When''<br />
<br />
Vard - ''Where''<br />
<br />
Vilk - ''Which''<br />
<br />
Vem - ''Who''<br />
<br />
Vor - ''How''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Example phrases'''<br />
<br />
Var gör du? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Varfor är du her? - ''Why are you here?''<br />
<br />
Ven komt hen Hemi? - ''When did she come home?''<br />
<br />
Ken du, vard är meyn Níkeler? - ''Where are my keys?''<br />
<br />
Vilk är Kvina Sandra? - ''Which woman is Sandra?''<br />
<br />
Vem etet Blódkeyknit? - ''Who ate the blood cakes?''<br />
<br />
Vor betalet du for Benzinet? - ''How did you pay for the gasoline?''<br />
<br />
==Telling time - Tídmätar==<br />
<br />
'''Days of the week'''<br />
<br />
Monsdag - ''monday''<br />
<br />
Tinsdag - ''tuesday''<br />
<br />
Vensdag - ''wednesday''<br />
<br />
Torsdag - ''thursday''<br />
<br />
Frisdag - ''friday''<br />
<br />
Lörsdag - ''saturday''<br />
<br />
Sonsdag - ''Sunday''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Months''' <br />
<br />
The Vitebergers have a unique calendar that was developed in the 16th century by Viteberger astronomer ''Yan af Grönäng Äskílsone'', based on local culture. The calendar was designed to start at the winter solstice, but errors in calculation means the year actually starts three days after the solstice. The calendar has thirteen 28-day long months, and is followed by a day, mistakenly called a month, that is just called ''Örende'': Year’s End. The thirteen months plus one day equal 365 days like the Gregorian calendar. On leap years the ''Örende'' is two days long. <br />
<br />
Yulmond – ''25 December - 21 January (Yule month)''<br />
<br />
Kertmond – ''22 January - 18 February (candle month)''<br />
<br />
Vormond – ''19 February - 18 March (spring month)''<br />
<br />
Óstermond – ''19 March - 15 April (month of the Nordic godess Oestra, also Easter month)''<br />
<br />
Blómenmond – ''16 April - 13 May (blooming month)''<br />
<br />
Sonmond – ''14 May - 10 June (month of sun)''<br />
<br />
Hetmond – ''11 June - 8 July (heat month)''<br />
<br />
Gródamond – ''9 July - 5 August (crop month)''<br />
<br />
Härfestmond - ''6 August - 2 September (harvest month)''<br />
<br />
Gulmond – ''3 September - 30 September (amber month)''<br />
<br />
Kaltmond – ''1 October - 28 October (cold month)''<br />
<br />
Frostmond – ''29 October - 25 November (frost month)''<br />
<br />
Víntermond – ''26 November - 23 December (winter month)''<br />
<br />
Örénde – ''24 December (year’s end)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Here is a chart showing the months of the Viteberger and Gregorian calendars side by side. Click on the picture for a larger size:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING'''''<br />
<br />
==Time, Manner, Place - Tid, Hat, Stat==<br />
<br />
Viteberger puts adpositional phrases together using a Time, Manner, Place order, which is different from English, which uses a Place, Manner, Time order:<br />
<br />
* Ey yästern med Bili til Hemi komt.<br />
<br />
* /I yesterday by car to home came./<br />
<br />
* ''I came home by car yesterday''<br />
<br />
Notice also how yesterday is considered an adverb in Viteberger (as are most temporal words) and do not get capitalized like nouns, and are not declensed for case.<br />
<br />
==How to start a conversation in Viteberger==<br />
<br />
'''Informal Greetings - Uformlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
Here are a few informal ways of starting a conversation in Viteberger. Below are the phrases in Viteberger with the literal English translation, and the equivalent English phrase between parenthesis if needed.<br />
<br />
Var gör di? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Var gör? (slang) - ''What are you doing? (What’s up?)''<br />
<br />
Vor käna di? - ''How are you feeling? (How are you?)''<br />
<br />
Var händ núu? - ''What’s happening now? (What’s going on?)''<br />
<br />
Hey! - ''Hey! Hi!''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Formal Greetings - Formlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
The following greetings are used when meeting someone, not when saying goodbye.<br />
<br />
God Morgon - ''Good morning (used from sunrise until noon)''<br />
<br />
God Dag - ''Good day (used from noon until sunset)''<br />
<br />
God Väl - ''Good evening (used from sunset until about 10 or 11 pm)''<br />
<br />
God Nat - ''Good night (used from 10 or 11 pm until sunrise)''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Saying Goodbye - Farvel Sigin'''<br />
<br />
These are informal greetings for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Vey möder - ''We meet (we will meet again)''<br />
<br />
Senar - ''Later''<br />
<br />
Snart - ''Soon'' <br />
<br />
Ö Mórgoni - ''In the morning''<br />
<br />
<br />
The following formal greetings are suitable for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Farvel - ''Farewell''<br />
<br />
Vey aftur möderan - ''We will meet again''<br />
<br />
==Short texts - Kort Texter==<br />
<br />
Short texts in Viteberger can be found here: [[Viteberger short texts]]<br />
<br />
==Viteberger Culture - Viteberger Mening==<br />
<br />
Go to this page for: [[Viteberger Culture]]</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Viteberger&diff=80362Viteberger2014-08-04T08:41:17Z<p>Rpiereck: /* W Words - V Order */</p>
<hr />
<div>Viteberger is a Scandinavian language with SOV word order.<br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Alphabet and Pronunciation - Tékenrol ok Utal==<br />
<br />
Viteberger uses an alphabet similar to English, but missing the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z. The letters ä and ö are added, following a and o respectively on the alphabet order. The vowels marked with diacritic accents, á, é, í, ó, and ú are not considered separate letters in the alphabet but just a variation of the original vowels because all they do is mark the stressed syllable (or syllables) of a word.<br />
<br />
On foreign words and names the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z are used, but not in any Viteberger words.<br />
<br />
*[a] = a – on the vast majority of words it is pronounced short, like a in the Spanish casa, on a few rare words it is pronounced long, as the letter a in the English far.<br />
<br />
*[ɛː] = ä – pronounced similar to the ai in fair, the same as a German ä.<br />
<br />
*[b] - b – pronounced the same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[d] - d – same as English.<br />
<br />
*[ɛ] - e – pronounced as the e in deck, never as the e in deep.<br />
<br />
*[f] - f – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[g] - g – always pronounced as the g in game with all vowels, never as the g in gesture.<br />
<br />
*[h] - h – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[i] - i – always as the e in be.<br />
<br />
*[k] - k – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[l] - l – similar to English, but the sound is made with a flat tongue, not with its tip curled back as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ʎ] - ly – pronounced as the Portuguese digraph lh as in baralho.<br />
<br />
*[m] - m – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[n] - n – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɔ] - o – always as the o in forward.<br />
<br />
*[œ] - ö – same as a German ö.<br />
<br />
*[p] – p - same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɾ] - r – pronounced like an English r but with a single strong thrill, similar to a Brazilian Portuguese r as in prato.<br />
<br />
*[s] - s – always as the s in same, never as the s in Asian.<br />
<br />
*[ʃ] - sy – pronounced as the sh in sheet, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[t] - t - similar to English, but the sound is not retroflex, which means it is done with a flat tongue, not with it curled back.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty – always pronounced as the ch in chili pepper.<br />
<br />
*[dv] - tv – the t is pronounced as a d, and the v is fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty - pronounced as the ch in chili pepper, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[u] - U – similar to the oo in boot but pronounced shorter.<br />
<br />
*[v] - v - same as in English<br />
<br />
*[j] - y – pronounced as the y in yellow, semi-vocalic.<br />
<br />
Viteberger vowels are divided in two groups: back vowels (a, o, u), and front vowels (e, i, y, ä, ö). The soft vowels influence the pronunciation of the letters G, K, T and D, making them slightly more aspirated than when pronounced with back vowels.<br />
<br />
The following digraphs are pronounced differently when used with back or front vowels:<br />
<br />
* '''sk''' - when used with a back vowel it is pronounced as the sc in scar, when used with a front vowel it is pronounced as the sh in shoot.<br />
<br />
* Skotör – ''leap year'', pronounced [skotœɾ] /skotör/<br />
<br />
* Sköl – ''bowl'', pronounced [ʃœl] /shöl/<br />
<br />
* '''gn''' - pronounced as gn in agnostic when used with back vowels, pronounced as a long n when used with front vowels.<br />
<br />
* Gnat – ''gnat'', pronounced as a hard g sound followed by the word not: [gnot] /g-not/<br />
<br />
* Bignid – ''building'', pronounced as [binnid] /bin-nid/<br />
<br />
When the letter k appears on the end of a syllable following a front vowel it sounds like a g:<br />
<br />
* Försíktig - ''careful'', pronounced [fœrsigtig] /försigtig/<br />
<br />
==Marking of syllable stress - Stavélsestrésenus Märkar==<br />
<br />
The syllabic stress of a Viteberger root word that has no diacritic markers falls by default on the syllable next to the last. On the examples below the stressed syllable is bolded:<br />
<br />
*Morgon - ''morning''<br />
<br />
*Gulfisk - ''goldfish''<br />
<br />
*Somer - ''summer''<br />
<br />
If the stress of a root word’s syllable does not fall in the next to the last syllable, it is marked by an acute diacritic marker used over the stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Banán - ''banana''<br />
<br />
*bákan - ''to bake''<br />
<br />
When a root word becomes longer due to any grammatical feature (e.g. pluralization, compounding, etc), the acute diacritic stress marker must be taken into consideration. A word that had no acute diacritic stress marker will require one, while a word that had a diacritic stress marker may drop it:<br />
<br />
*Mórgondug - ''morning dew'' (the word became longer due to compounding with Dug dew but the stress still falls on the first syllable of Morgon, so that syllable is now marked)<br />
<br />
*Gúlfisken - ''goldfishes'' (word is now pluralized but stress still falls on the same syllable so it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*Sómerende - ''summer’s end'' (the word was compounded but stress stays on the same syllable and it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*ey bak - ''I bake'' (the infinitive suffix was dropped on the conjugated verb, and now the stressed syllable is on the default position, so the diacritic can be removed).<br />
<br />
<br />
When a compound word is formed and two consonants meet, sometimes there is a need to insert a vowel in between the root words to rebuild a vowel that used to be there in ancient Viteberger. This vowel, most often an e, forms a new syllable, and then the diacrritic marker of a word may still be written because the stress still falls outside of the default position:<br />
<br />
*Banánebred - ''banana bread'' (the new compound word maintains the stress on the second syllable of the original word, so the diacritic can be dropped)<br />
<br />
*Yárdeberetört - ''strawberry pie'' (compound made from Yárdeber, and Tört. Yárdeber itself is a compound made of Yárd and Ber)<br />
<br />
<br />
On long compound word where the main stressed syllable is more than two syllables away from the word’s end, there is a tendency to not pronounce the very last syllable, for example on the word Sómerende the last -e ends up not being pronounced, and the word ends up being pronounced /Sómerend/. For that reason, there are times when the secondary stress of a word is also marked, to maintain full pronunciation of he entire word. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger word for /syllable stresses/ itself is marked twice: once at the first and main stressed syllable, and a second time under the secondary stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Stavélsestrésen <br />
<br />
<br />
The first stress is the vél syllable, while the secondary stress is on the strés syllable. If the secondary syllable were not marked then the <br />
plural marker, the -en at the very end of the word, wouldn’t be fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
<br />
If a word contains a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside of the default stress position, then the stress will fall on that umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*födselan - ''to be born''<br />
<br />
*Skotör - ''leap year''<br />
<br />
<br />
If however there is a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside the default position and that syllable is not the stressed syllable, then the stressed syllable, even if on the default position, will be marked with the diacritic:<br />
<br />
*Bíör - ''beer ''(notice how the diacritic is used over the í because the last syllable contains an umlauted ö)<br />
<br />
*Bróköl - ''broccoli''<br />
<br />
*Kírkyörd - ''cemetery''<br />
<br />
<br />
On words where all syllables are umlauted, the stress will always fall on the default position:<br />
<br />
*Tönköt - ''tooth gum''<br />
<br />
*Söspön - ''sauce pan''<br />
<br />
*Työnör - ''teenager''<br />
<br />
<br />
Finally, on words where there are two umlauted syllables, but none of them fall on the default position, the stress will fall with the first umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*Hövednäs - ''headache''<br />
<br />
==Word order - Ord Ordnin==<br />
<br />
<br />
==Nouns and grammatical cases - Substantiven ok gramatisk Falen==<br />
<br />
<br />
As in German all nouns are always capitalized.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cases - Falen'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Cases are denoted simply by the ending of a noun. In Viteberger most nouns are declined. There are 3 genders (masculine, feminine and neuter) and 4 strong cases (nominative, accusative, dative and genitive), and one weak case (locative). There are also three grammatical articles: unspecified, indefinite and definite. Each noun gets declensed according to gender, case, article and number.<br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger is not largely a grammatical language, but instead a lexical language. This means that is it is verbs and prepositions which govern cases, rather than sentence position. If there is both a verb and preposition in the sentence it will be the preposition rather than the verb which decides the case.<br />
<br />
<br />
Masculine noun: <br />
<br />
Vater - ''father''<br />
<br />
<br />
Feminine noun: <br />
<br />
Moder – ''mother''<br />
<br />
<br />
Neuter: <br />
<br />
Hund – ''dog''<br />
<br />
Hus - ''house''<br />
<br />
<br />
Case table, click on the picture below for a larger version:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING '''''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterur - ''father (accusative, unspecified, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterun - ''a father (accusative, indefinite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterut - ''the father (accusative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderant - ''the mothers (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderist - ''the mothers’ (genitive, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderet - ''the mother (nominative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundus - ''dog’s, the dog’s (genitive, unspecified or definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundur - ''dogs’, some dogs’ (genitive, unspecified or indefinite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundnet - ''the dogs (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger locative case is called a weak case because it is used only when used for the English equivalent preposition in for all other prepositions used for location (near, at, on top of, etc) the locative case is not used. The locative case is also the only case that is also added to another case, so that a noun in the locative case may also be in the nominative, accusative, dative or genitive case:<br />
<br />
<br />
Váteris Naveneti - ''in the name of the father''<br />
<br />
<br />
In the above sentence the word ''Váteris'' is on the genitive, definite, singular (Vater+is), while the word ''Naveneti'' is on the accusative, definite, singular, locative (Naven+et+i).<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Vowel shift plural - Vokál skifin Flörtal'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On nouns ending in -en there is usually a vowel shift on the syllable preceding the last. <br />
<br />
<br />
a > ä<br />
<br />
<br />
e or i > no change<br />
<br />
<br />
o > ö<br />
<br />
<br />
u > ü<br />
<br />
<br />
Example of a vowel shift plural:<br />
<br />
<br />
Vapen - ''weapon''<br />
<br />
<br />
Väpen - ''weapons''<br />
<br />
<br />
Marten - ''marten''<br />
<br />
<br />
Märten - ''martens''<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven==<br />
<br />
<br />
There are two grammatical numbers, singular and plural; and two grammatical genders: human and neuter.<br />
<br />
<br />
The human gender is used to denote any human, the neuter gender is used for everything else. <br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger has an unique personal pronoun on the third person singular called the Blankpérson “blank person”, that is used in situations where the gender of the third person is yet unknown, or when it is used in a generic sense. That is similar to when in English the word “one” is used to substitute a pronoun in the third person singular. For simplification purposes this pronoun will be translated as “one” henceforth.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, nominative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
ey - ''I''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
han – ''he/she''<br />
<br />
en - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one (the blank person, aka Tömperson)''<br />
<br />
vi - ''we''<br />
<br />
ni - ''you''<br />
<br />
dey - ''they''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, accusative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mi - ''me''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
hon – ''him/her''<br />
<br />
sin - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one''<br />
<br />
os - ''us''<br />
<br />
nin - ''you''<br />
<br />
din - ''them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, dative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mir - ''to me''<br />
<br />
dir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
her - ''to him/her''<br />
<br />
sir - ''to it''<br />
<br />
miner - ''to one''<br />
<br />
vir - ''to us''<br />
<br />
nir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
der - ''to them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, genitive case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
men - ''my, mine''<br />
<br />
din - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
hans - ''her, hers''<br />
<br />
sin - ''its''<br />
<br />
vin - ''our, ours''<br />
<br />
nin - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
der - ''their, theirs''<br />
<br />
==Regular Verbs - Régelbúnden Verber==<br />
<br />
'''Infinitive - Infínitiv'''<br />
<br />
The infinitive of all verbs is marked with the suffix -an following the verbal root:<br />
<br />
verkan - ''to work''<br />
<br />
hopan - ''to jump''<br />
<br />
ritan - ''to draw''<br />
<br />
regnan - ''to rain''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Participles - Participer'''<br />
<br />
Viteberger has different participles for past, present and future, which are used to form the perfect aspect for each tense. The past participle is the verb root plus ''-et'' suffix. The present tense is the root plus ''-ar''. The future participle is the root plus ''-érei''.<br />
<br />
Past participle: ''verket''<br />
<br />
Present participle: ''verkar''<br />
<br />
Future participle: ''verkérei''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Present - Énkelnúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present tense is marked by the verb root used by the singular and the root plus the suffix ''-en'' for the plural:<br />
<br />
ey verk - ''I work''<br />
<br />
du verk - ''you work''<br />
<br />
er verk - ''he works''<br />
<br />
zi verk - ''she works''<br />
<br />
en verk - ''it works''<br />
<br />
min verk - ''one works''<br />
<br />
vey verken - ''we work''<br />
<br />
ney verken - ''you work''<br />
<br />
dey verken - ''they work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Present Perfect - Fulkómignúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present perfect is formed by the use of the auxiliary verb haban "to have", followed by the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hav verkar - ''I have worked''<br />
<br />
du hav verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
er hav verkar - ''he has worked''<br />
<br />
zi hav verkear - ''she has werked''<br />
<br />
en hav verket - ''it has worked''<br />
<br />
vey haven verkar - ''we have worked''<br />
<br />
ney haven verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
dey haven verkar - ''they have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Past - Énkelfórtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The past tense is formed by the verb root plus suffix ''-et'':<br />
<br />
ey verket - ''I worked''<br />
<br />
du verket - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
er verket - ''he worked''<br />
<br />
zi verket - ''she worked''<br />
<br />
en verket - ''it worked''<br />
<br />
vey verketen - ''we worked''<br />
<br />
ney verketen - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
dey verketen - ''they worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Past Perfect - Fulkómigfóstidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''in the past tense, plus the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hat verket - ''I had worked''<br />
<br />
du hat verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
er hat verket - ''he had worked''<br />
<br />
zi hat verket - ''she had worked''<br />
<br />
en hat verket - ''it had worked''<br />
<br />
vey haten verket - ''we had worked''<br />
<br />
ney haten verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
dey haten verket - ''they had worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Future - Énkelfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by adding the suffix -''éra ''to the singular forms, and -''éran ''to the plural forms. Notice how the syllable stress moves with the future tense.<br />
<br />
ey vérkera - ''I will work''<br />
<br />
du vérkera - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
er vérkera - ''he will work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkera - ''she will work''<br />
<br />
en vérkera - ''it will work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeran - ''we will work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeran - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeran - ''they will work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Future Perfect - Fulkómigfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''plus the future participle:<br />
<br />
ey hátera verkérei - ''I will have worked''<br />
<br />
du hátera verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
er hátera verkérei - ''he will have worked''<br />
<br />
zi hátera verkérei - ''she will have worked''<br />
<br />
en hátera verkérei - ''it will have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteran verkérei - ''we will have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteran verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteran verkérei - ''they will have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conditional mood - Vilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the suffix -''erat ''after the verb root:<br />
<br />
ey vérkerat - ''I would work''<br />
<br />
du vérkerat - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
er vérkerat - ''he would work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkerat - ''she would work''<br />
<br />
en vérkerat - ''it would work''<br />
<br />
min vérkerat - ''one would work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeraten - ''we would work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeraten - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeraten - ''they would work''<br />
<br />
<br />
Past conditional mood - '''Fórstidvilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by the use of the conditional form of the auxiliary verb ''haban ''with the past participle:<br />
<br />
ey háterat verket - ''I would have worked''<br />
<br />
du háterat verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
er háterat verket - ''he would have worked''<br />
<br />
zi háterat verket - ''she would have worked''<br />
<br />
en háterat verket - ''it would have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteraten verket - ''we would have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteraten verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteraten verket - ''they would have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Suggestive - Fórslagskap'''<br />
<br />
The suggestive is formed by using the present tense with the auxiliary verb ''skud:''<br />
<br />
ey skud verk - ''I should work''<br />
<br />
du skud verk - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
er skud verk - ''he should work''<br />
<br />
zi skud verk - ''she should work''<br />
<br />
en skud verk - ''it should work''<br />
<br />
min skud verk - ''one should work''<br />
<br />
vey skud verken - ''we should work''<br />
<br />
ney skud verken - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
dey skud verken - ''they should work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Imperative mood - Imperativskap'''<br />
<br />
The imperative is formed by using the suffix -''e ''attached to the root:<br />
<br />
verke - ''work''<br />
<br />
==The verbal prefix tig- - tig- vérbalisk Forskeytet==<br />
<br />
When making requests or wishes the verbal prefix ''tig-'' is used in conjunction with the imperative:<br />
<br />
vaknan - ''to wake up''<br />
<br />
vakne! - ''wake up!''<br />
<br />
tigvakne - ''please wake up''<br />
<br />
Note: the prefix ''tig-'' comes from the verb ''tigan'' “to beg”.<br />
<br />
==Prepositions and the dative case - Forméninger ok dátiv Falet==<br />
<br />
In general, the dative is used to mark the indirect object of a Viteberger sentence. In the following example ''Man'' is in the dative:<br />
<br />
Ey Manit Boket sendet - ''I sent the book to the man''<br />
<br />
In English, the same sentence may be rendered: “I sent the man the book.” The indirect object here is marked by standing in front of the direct object. The normal word order in Viteberger is also to put the dative in front of the accusative (as in the example above). However, since the Viteberger dative is marked in form, it can also be put after the accusative: ''Ey Boket Manit sendet''.<br />
<br />
Certain Viteberger prepositions require the dative: ''fra, nem, mot, med, efter, seden, av, fyer''. Other prepositions (''til, ö, bak, i, darauk, um, under, för, mil'') may be used with dative (indicating current location), or accusative (indicating direction toward something). ''Boket ö Bordit li'' (dative: the book is lying on the table), but ''Ey Boket ö Bordet set'' (accusative: I put the book onto the table).<br />
<br />
In addition, the four prepositions ''vegne'' (“because of”), ''trots'' (“in spite of”), ''anstät'' (“instead of”) and ''vid'' (“during”), which require the genitive in formal language, are most commonly used with the dative in colloquial Viteberger. For example, “because of the weather” is expressed as ''vegne Väterit'' instead of the formally correct ''vegen Väterus''. <br />
<br />
Note that the concept of an indirect object may be rendered by a prepositional phrase. In this case, the noun’s or pronoun’s case is determined by the preposition, NOT by its function in the sentence. <br />
<br />
Some Viteberger verbs require the dative for their direct objects. Common examples include ''folgan, hyalpan,'' and ''svaran''. In each case, the direct object of the verb is rendered in dative. For example:<br />
<br />
Men Viner mir hyalp. - ''My friends help me.''<br />
<br />
==W Words - V Order==<br />
<br />
In Viteberger the so-called V Order (V words) are the six W Words in English, plus ''how'':<br />
<br />
Var - ''What''<br />
<br />
Varfor - ''Why''<br />
<br />
Ven - ''When''<br />
<br />
Vard - ''Where''<br />
<br />
Vilk - ''Which''<br />
<br />
Vem - ''Who''<br />
<br />
Vor - ''How''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Example phrases'''<br />
<br />
Var gör du? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Varfor är du her? - ''Why are you here?''<br />
<br />
Ven komt hen Hemi? - ''When did she come home?''<br />
<br />
Ken du, vard är meyn Níkeler? - ''Where are my keys?''<br />
<br />
Vilk är Kvina Sandra? - ''Which woman is Sandra?''<br />
<br />
Vem etet Blódkeyknit? - ''Who ate the blood cakes?''<br />
<br />
Vor betalet du for Benzinet? - ''How did you pay for the gasoline?''<br />
<br />
==Telling time - Tídmätar==<br />
<br />
==Time, Manner, Place - Tid, Hat, Stat==<br />
<br />
Viteberger puts adpositional phrases together using a Time, Manner, Place order, which is different from English, which uses a Place, Manner, Time order:<br />
<br />
* Ey yästern med Bili til Hemi komt.<br />
<br />
* /I yesterday by car to home came./<br />
<br />
* ''I came home by car yesterday''<br />
<br />
Notice also how yesterday is considered an adverb in Viteberger (as are most temporal words) and do not get capitalized like nouns, and are not declensed for case.<br />
<br />
==How to start a conversation in Viteberger==<br />
<br />
'''Informal Greetings - Uformlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
Here are a few informal ways of starting a conversation in Viteberger. Below are the phrases in Viteberger with the literal English translation, and the equivalent English phrase between parenthesis if needed.<br />
<br />
Var gör di? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Var gör? (slang) - ''What are you doing? (What’s up?)''<br />
<br />
Vor käna di? - ''How are you feeling? (How are you?)''<br />
<br />
Var händ núu? - ''What’s happening now? (What’s going on?)''<br />
<br />
Hey! - ''Hey! Hi!''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Formal Greetings - Formlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
The following greetings are used when meeting someone, not when saying goodbye.<br />
<br />
God Morgon - ''Good morning (used from sunrise until noon)''<br />
<br />
God Dag - ''Good day (used from noon until sunset)''<br />
<br />
God Väl - ''Good evening (used from sunset until about 10 or 11 pm)''<br />
<br />
God Nat - ''Good night (used from 10 or 11 pm until sunrise)''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Saying Goodbye - Farvel Sigin'''<br />
<br />
These are informal greetings for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Vey möder - ''We meet (we will meet again)''<br />
<br />
Senar - ''Later''<br />
<br />
Snart - ''Soon'' <br />
<br />
Ö Mórgoni - ''In the morning''<br />
<br />
<br />
The following formal greetings are suitable for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Farvel - ''Farewell''<br />
<br />
Vey aftur möderan - ''We will meet again''<br />
<br />
==Short texts - Kort Texter==<br />
<br />
Short texts in Viteberger can be found here: [[Viteberger short texts]]<br />
<br />
==Viteberger Culture - Viteberger Mening==<br />
<br />
Go to this page for: [[Viteberger Culture]]</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Viteberger&diff=80361Viteberger2014-08-04T08:40:17Z<p>Rpiereck: /* W Words - V Order */</p>
<hr />
<div>Viteberger is a Scandinavian language with SOV word order.<br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Alphabet and Pronunciation - Tékenrol ok Utal==<br />
<br />
Viteberger uses an alphabet similar to English, but missing the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z. The letters ä and ö are added, following a and o respectively on the alphabet order. The vowels marked with diacritic accents, á, é, í, ó, and ú are not considered separate letters in the alphabet but just a variation of the original vowels because all they do is mark the stressed syllable (or syllables) of a word.<br />
<br />
On foreign words and names the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z are used, but not in any Viteberger words.<br />
<br />
*[a] = a – on the vast majority of words it is pronounced short, like a in the Spanish casa, on a few rare words it is pronounced long, as the letter a in the English far.<br />
<br />
*[ɛː] = ä – pronounced similar to the ai in fair, the same as a German ä.<br />
<br />
*[b] - b – pronounced the same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[d] - d – same as English.<br />
<br />
*[ɛ] - e – pronounced as the e in deck, never as the e in deep.<br />
<br />
*[f] - f – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[g] - g – always pronounced as the g in game with all vowels, never as the g in gesture.<br />
<br />
*[h] - h – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[i] - i – always as the e in be.<br />
<br />
*[k] - k – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[l] - l – similar to English, but the sound is made with a flat tongue, not with its tip curled back as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ʎ] - ly – pronounced as the Portuguese digraph lh as in baralho.<br />
<br />
*[m] - m – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[n] - n – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɔ] - o – always as the o in forward.<br />
<br />
*[œ] - ö – same as a German ö.<br />
<br />
*[p] – p - same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɾ] - r – pronounced like an English r but with a single strong thrill, similar to a Brazilian Portuguese r as in prato.<br />
<br />
*[s] - s – always as the s in same, never as the s in Asian.<br />
<br />
*[ʃ] - sy – pronounced as the sh in sheet, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[t] - t - similar to English, but the sound is not retroflex, which means it is done with a flat tongue, not with it curled back.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty – always pronounced as the ch in chili pepper.<br />
<br />
*[dv] - tv – the t is pronounced as a d, and the v is fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty - pronounced as the ch in chili pepper, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[u] - U – similar to the oo in boot but pronounced shorter.<br />
<br />
*[v] - v - same as in English<br />
<br />
*[j] - y – pronounced as the y in yellow, semi-vocalic.<br />
<br />
Viteberger vowels are divided in two groups: back vowels (a, o, u), and front vowels (e, i, y, ä, ö). The soft vowels influence the pronunciation of the letters G, K, T and D, making them slightly more aspirated than when pronounced with back vowels.<br />
<br />
The following digraphs are pronounced differently when used with back or front vowels:<br />
<br />
* '''sk''' - when used with a back vowel it is pronounced as the sc in scar, when used with a front vowel it is pronounced as the sh in shoot.<br />
<br />
* Skotör – ''leap year'', pronounced [skotœɾ] /skotör/<br />
<br />
* Sköl – ''bowl'', pronounced [ʃœl] /shöl/<br />
<br />
* '''gn''' - pronounced as gn in agnostic when used with back vowels, pronounced as a long n when used with front vowels.<br />
<br />
* Gnat – ''gnat'', pronounced as a hard g sound followed by the word not: [gnot] /g-not/<br />
<br />
* Bignid – ''building'', pronounced as [binnid] /bin-nid/<br />
<br />
When the letter k appears on the end of a syllable following a front vowel it sounds like a g:<br />
<br />
* Försíktig - ''careful'', pronounced [fœrsigtig] /försigtig/<br />
<br />
==Marking of syllable stress - Stavélsestrésenus Märkar==<br />
<br />
The syllabic stress of a Viteberger root word that has no diacritic markers falls by default on the syllable next to the last. On the examples below the stressed syllable is bolded:<br />
<br />
*Morgon - ''morning''<br />
<br />
*Gulfisk - ''goldfish''<br />
<br />
*Somer - ''summer''<br />
<br />
If the stress of a root word’s syllable does not fall in the next to the last syllable, it is marked by an acute diacritic marker used over the stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Banán - ''banana''<br />
<br />
*bákan - ''to bake''<br />
<br />
When a root word becomes longer due to any grammatical feature (e.g. pluralization, compounding, etc), the acute diacritic stress marker must be taken into consideration. A word that had no acute diacritic stress marker will require one, while a word that had a diacritic stress marker may drop it:<br />
<br />
*Mórgondug - ''morning dew'' (the word became longer due to compounding with Dug dew but the stress still falls on the first syllable of Morgon, so that syllable is now marked)<br />
<br />
*Gúlfisken - ''goldfishes'' (word is now pluralized but stress still falls on the same syllable so it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*Sómerende - ''summer’s end'' (the word was compounded but stress stays on the same syllable and it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*ey bak - ''I bake'' (the infinitive suffix was dropped on the conjugated verb, and now the stressed syllable is on the default position, so the diacritic can be removed).<br />
<br />
<br />
When a compound word is formed and two consonants meet, sometimes there is a need to insert a vowel in between the root words to rebuild a vowel that used to be there in ancient Viteberger. This vowel, most often an e, forms a new syllable, and then the diacrritic marker of a word may still be written because the stress still falls outside of the default position:<br />
<br />
*Banánebred - ''banana bread'' (the new compound word maintains the stress on the second syllable of the original word, so the diacritic can be dropped)<br />
<br />
*Yárdeberetört - ''strawberry pie'' (compound made from Yárdeber, and Tört. Yárdeber itself is a compound made of Yárd and Ber)<br />
<br />
<br />
On long compound word where the main stressed syllable is more than two syllables away from the word’s end, there is a tendency to not pronounce the very last syllable, for example on the word Sómerende the last -e ends up not being pronounced, and the word ends up being pronounced /Sómerend/. For that reason, there are times when the secondary stress of a word is also marked, to maintain full pronunciation of he entire word. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger word for /syllable stresses/ itself is marked twice: once at the first and main stressed syllable, and a second time under the secondary stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Stavélsestrésen <br />
<br />
<br />
The first stress is the vél syllable, while the secondary stress is on the strés syllable. If the secondary syllable were not marked then the <br />
plural marker, the -en at the very end of the word, wouldn’t be fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
<br />
If a word contains a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside of the default stress position, then the stress will fall on that umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*födselan - ''to be born''<br />
<br />
*Skotör - ''leap year''<br />
<br />
<br />
If however there is a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside the default position and that syllable is not the stressed syllable, then the stressed syllable, even if on the default position, will be marked with the diacritic:<br />
<br />
*Bíör - ''beer ''(notice how the diacritic is used over the í because the last syllable contains an umlauted ö)<br />
<br />
*Bróköl - ''broccoli''<br />
<br />
*Kírkyörd - ''cemetery''<br />
<br />
<br />
On words where all syllables are umlauted, the stress will always fall on the default position:<br />
<br />
*Tönköt - ''tooth gum''<br />
<br />
*Söspön - ''sauce pan''<br />
<br />
*Työnör - ''teenager''<br />
<br />
<br />
Finally, on words where there are two umlauted syllables, but none of them fall on the default position, the stress will fall with the first umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*Hövednäs - ''headache''<br />
<br />
==Word order - Ord Ordnin==<br />
<br />
<br />
==Nouns and grammatical cases - Substantiven ok gramatisk Falen==<br />
<br />
<br />
As in German all nouns are always capitalized.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cases - Falen'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Cases are denoted simply by the ending of a noun. In Viteberger most nouns are declined. There are 3 genders (masculine, feminine and neuter) and 4 strong cases (nominative, accusative, dative and genitive), and one weak case (locative). There are also three grammatical articles: unspecified, indefinite and definite. Each noun gets declensed according to gender, case, article and number.<br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger is not largely a grammatical language, but instead a lexical language. This means that is it is verbs and prepositions which govern cases, rather than sentence position. If there is both a verb and preposition in the sentence it will be the preposition rather than the verb which decides the case.<br />
<br />
<br />
Masculine noun: <br />
<br />
Vater - ''father''<br />
<br />
<br />
Feminine noun: <br />
<br />
Moder – ''mother''<br />
<br />
<br />
Neuter: <br />
<br />
Hund – ''dog''<br />
<br />
Hus - ''house''<br />
<br />
<br />
Case table, click on the picture below for a larger version:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING '''''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterur - ''father (accusative, unspecified, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterun - ''a father (accusative, indefinite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterut - ''the father (accusative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderant - ''the mothers (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderist - ''the mothers’ (genitive, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderet - ''the mother (nominative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundus - ''dog’s, the dog’s (genitive, unspecified or definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundur - ''dogs’, some dogs’ (genitive, unspecified or indefinite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundnet - ''the dogs (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger locative case is called a weak case because it is used only when used for the English equivalent preposition in for all other prepositions used for location (near, at, on top of, etc) the locative case is not used. The locative case is also the only case that is also added to another case, so that a noun in the locative case may also be in the nominative, accusative, dative or genitive case:<br />
<br />
<br />
Váteris Naveneti - ''in the name of the father''<br />
<br />
<br />
In the above sentence the word ''Váteris'' is on the genitive, definite, singular (Vater+is), while the word ''Naveneti'' is on the accusative, definite, singular, locative (Naven+et+i).<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Vowel shift plural - Vokál skifin Flörtal'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On nouns ending in -en there is usually a vowel shift on the syllable preceding the last. <br />
<br />
<br />
a > ä<br />
<br />
<br />
e or i > no change<br />
<br />
<br />
o > ö<br />
<br />
<br />
u > ü<br />
<br />
<br />
Example of a vowel shift plural:<br />
<br />
<br />
Vapen - ''weapon''<br />
<br />
<br />
Väpen - ''weapons''<br />
<br />
<br />
Marten - ''marten''<br />
<br />
<br />
Märten - ''martens''<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven==<br />
<br />
<br />
There are two grammatical numbers, singular and plural; and two grammatical genders: human and neuter.<br />
<br />
<br />
The human gender is used to denote any human, the neuter gender is used for everything else. <br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger has an unique personal pronoun on the third person singular called the Blankpérson “blank person”, that is used in situations where the gender of the third person is yet unknown, or when it is used in a generic sense. That is similar to when in English the word “one” is used to substitute a pronoun in the third person singular. For simplification purposes this pronoun will be translated as “one” henceforth.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, nominative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
ey - ''I''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
han – ''he/she''<br />
<br />
en - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one (the blank person, aka Tömperson)''<br />
<br />
vi - ''we''<br />
<br />
ni - ''you''<br />
<br />
dey - ''they''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, accusative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mi - ''me''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
hon – ''him/her''<br />
<br />
sin - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one''<br />
<br />
os - ''us''<br />
<br />
nin - ''you''<br />
<br />
din - ''them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, dative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mir - ''to me''<br />
<br />
dir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
her - ''to him/her''<br />
<br />
sir - ''to it''<br />
<br />
miner - ''to one''<br />
<br />
vir - ''to us''<br />
<br />
nir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
der - ''to them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, genitive case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
men - ''my, mine''<br />
<br />
din - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
hans - ''her, hers''<br />
<br />
sin - ''its''<br />
<br />
vin - ''our, ours''<br />
<br />
nin - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
der - ''their, theirs''<br />
<br />
==Regular Verbs - Régelbúnden Verber==<br />
<br />
'''Infinitive - Infínitiv'''<br />
<br />
The infinitive of all verbs is marked with the suffix -an following the verbal root:<br />
<br />
verkan - ''to work''<br />
<br />
hopan - ''to jump''<br />
<br />
ritan - ''to draw''<br />
<br />
regnan - ''to rain''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Participles - Participer'''<br />
<br />
Viteberger has different participles for past, present and future, which are used to form the perfect aspect for each tense. The past participle is the verb root plus ''-et'' suffix. The present tense is the root plus ''-ar''. The future participle is the root plus ''-érei''.<br />
<br />
Past participle: ''verket''<br />
<br />
Present participle: ''verkar''<br />
<br />
Future participle: ''verkérei''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Present - Énkelnúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present tense is marked by the verb root used by the singular and the root plus the suffix ''-en'' for the plural:<br />
<br />
ey verk - ''I work''<br />
<br />
du verk - ''you work''<br />
<br />
er verk - ''he works''<br />
<br />
zi verk - ''she works''<br />
<br />
en verk - ''it works''<br />
<br />
min verk - ''one works''<br />
<br />
vey verken - ''we work''<br />
<br />
ney verken - ''you work''<br />
<br />
dey verken - ''they work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Present Perfect - Fulkómignúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present perfect is formed by the use of the auxiliary verb haban "to have", followed by the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hav verkar - ''I have worked''<br />
<br />
du hav verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
er hav verkar - ''he has worked''<br />
<br />
zi hav verkear - ''she has werked''<br />
<br />
en hav verket - ''it has worked''<br />
<br />
vey haven verkar - ''we have worked''<br />
<br />
ney haven verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
dey haven verkar - ''they have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Past - Énkelfórtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The past tense is formed by the verb root plus suffix ''-et'':<br />
<br />
ey verket - ''I worked''<br />
<br />
du verket - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
er verket - ''he worked''<br />
<br />
zi verket - ''she worked''<br />
<br />
en verket - ''it worked''<br />
<br />
vey verketen - ''we worked''<br />
<br />
ney verketen - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
dey verketen - ''they worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Past Perfect - Fulkómigfóstidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''in the past tense, plus the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hat verket - ''I had worked''<br />
<br />
du hat verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
er hat verket - ''he had worked''<br />
<br />
zi hat verket - ''she had worked''<br />
<br />
en hat verket - ''it had worked''<br />
<br />
vey haten verket - ''we had worked''<br />
<br />
ney haten verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
dey haten verket - ''they had worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Future - Énkelfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by adding the suffix -''éra ''to the singular forms, and -''éran ''to the plural forms. Notice how the syllable stress moves with the future tense.<br />
<br />
ey vérkera - ''I will work''<br />
<br />
du vérkera - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
er vérkera - ''he will work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkera - ''she will work''<br />
<br />
en vérkera - ''it will work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeran - ''we will work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeran - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeran - ''they will work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Future Perfect - Fulkómigfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''plus the future participle:<br />
<br />
ey hátera verkérei - ''I will have worked''<br />
<br />
du hátera verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
er hátera verkérei - ''he will have worked''<br />
<br />
zi hátera verkérei - ''she will have worked''<br />
<br />
en hátera verkérei - ''it will have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteran verkérei - ''we will have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteran verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteran verkérei - ''they will have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conditional mood - Vilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the suffix -''erat ''after the verb root:<br />
<br />
ey vérkerat - ''I would work''<br />
<br />
du vérkerat - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
er vérkerat - ''he would work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkerat - ''she would work''<br />
<br />
en vérkerat - ''it would work''<br />
<br />
min vérkerat - ''one would work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeraten - ''we would work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeraten - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeraten - ''they would work''<br />
<br />
<br />
Past conditional mood - '''Fórstidvilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by the use of the conditional form of the auxiliary verb ''haban ''with the past participle:<br />
<br />
ey háterat verket - ''I would have worked''<br />
<br />
du háterat verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
er háterat verket - ''he would have worked''<br />
<br />
zi háterat verket - ''she would have worked''<br />
<br />
en háterat verket - ''it would have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteraten verket - ''we would have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteraten verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteraten verket - ''they would have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Suggestive - Fórslagskap'''<br />
<br />
The suggestive is formed by using the present tense with the auxiliary verb ''skud:''<br />
<br />
ey skud verk - ''I should work''<br />
<br />
du skud verk - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
er skud verk - ''he should work''<br />
<br />
zi skud verk - ''she should work''<br />
<br />
en skud verk - ''it should work''<br />
<br />
min skud verk - ''one should work''<br />
<br />
vey skud verken - ''we should work''<br />
<br />
ney skud verken - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
dey skud verken - ''they should work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Imperative mood - Imperativskap'''<br />
<br />
The imperative is formed by using the suffix -''e ''attached to the root:<br />
<br />
verke - ''work''<br />
<br />
==The verbal prefix tig- - tig- vérbalisk Forskeytet==<br />
<br />
When making requests or wishes the verbal prefix ''tig-'' is used in conjunction with the imperative:<br />
<br />
vaknan - ''to wake up''<br />
<br />
vakne! - ''wake up!''<br />
<br />
tigvakne - ''please wake up''<br />
<br />
Note: the prefix ''tig-'' comes from the verb ''tigan'' “to beg”.<br />
<br />
==Prepositions and the dative case - Forméninger ok dátiv Falet==<br />
<br />
In general, the dative is used to mark the indirect object of a Viteberger sentence. In the following example ''Man'' is in the dative:<br />
<br />
Ey Manit Boket sendet - ''I sent the book to the man''<br />
<br />
In English, the same sentence may be rendered: “I sent the man the book.” The indirect object here is marked by standing in front of the direct object. The normal word order in Viteberger is also to put the dative in front of the accusative (as in the example above). However, since the Viteberger dative is marked in form, it can also be put after the accusative: ''Ey Boket Manit sendet''.<br />
<br />
Certain Viteberger prepositions require the dative: ''fra, nem, mot, med, efter, seden, av, fyer''. Other prepositions (''til, ö, bak, i, darauk, um, under, för, mil'') may be used with dative (indicating current location), or accusative (indicating direction toward something). ''Boket ö Bordit li'' (dative: the book is lying on the table), but ''Ey Boket ö Bordet set'' (accusative: I put the book onto the table).<br />
<br />
In addition, the four prepositions ''vegne'' (“because of”), ''trots'' (“in spite of”), ''anstät'' (“instead of”) and ''vid'' (“during”), which require the genitive in formal language, are most commonly used with the dative in colloquial Viteberger. For example, “because of the weather” is expressed as ''vegne Väterit'' instead of the formally correct ''vegen Väterus''. <br />
<br />
Note that the concept of an indirect object may be rendered by a prepositional phrase. In this case, the noun’s or pronoun’s case is determined by the preposition, NOT by its function in the sentence. <br />
<br />
Some Viteberger verbs require the dative for their direct objects. Common examples include ''folgan, hyalpan,'' and ''svaran''. In each case, the direct object of the verb is rendered in dative. For example:<br />
<br />
Men Viner mir hyalp. - ''My friends help me.''<br />
<br />
==W Words - V Order==<br />
<br />
In Viteberger the so-called V Order (V words) are the six W Words in English, plus ''how'':<br />
<br />
Var - ''What''<br />
<br />
Varfor - ''Why''<br />
<br />
Ven - ''When''<br />
<br />
Vard - ''Where''<br />
<br />
Vilk - ''Which''<br />
<br />
Vem - ''Who''<br />
<br />
Vor - ''How''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Example phrases'''<br />
<br />
Var gör du? ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Varfor är du her? ''Why are you here?''<br />
<br />
Ven komt hen Hemi? ''When did she come home?''<br />
<br />
Ken du, vard är meyn Níkeler? ''Where are my keys?''<br />
<br />
Vilk är Kvina Sandra? ''Which woman is Sandra?''<br />
<br />
Vem etet Blódkeyknit? ''Who ate the blood cakes?''<br />
<br />
Vor betalet du for Benzinet? ''How did you pay for the gasoline?''<br />
<br />
==Telling time - Tídmätar==<br />
<br />
==Time, Manner, Place - Tid, Hat, Stat==<br />
<br />
Viteberger puts adpositional phrases together using a Time, Manner, Place order, which is different from English, which uses a Place, Manner, Time order:<br />
<br />
* Ey yästern med Bili til Hemi komt.<br />
<br />
* /I yesterday by car to home came./<br />
<br />
* ''I came home by car yesterday''<br />
<br />
Notice also how yesterday is considered an adverb in Viteberger (as are most temporal words) and do not get capitalized like nouns, and are not declensed for case.<br />
<br />
==How to start a conversation in Viteberger==<br />
<br />
'''Informal Greetings - Uformlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
Here are a few informal ways of starting a conversation in Viteberger. Below are the phrases in Viteberger with the literal English translation, and the equivalent English phrase between parenthesis if needed.<br />
<br />
Var gör di? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Var gör? (slang) - ''What are you doing? (What’s up?)''<br />
<br />
Vor käna di? - ''How are you feeling? (How are you?)''<br />
<br />
Var händ núu? - ''What’s happening now? (What’s going on?)''<br />
<br />
Hey! - ''Hey! Hi!''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Formal Greetings - Formlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
The following greetings are used when meeting someone, not when saying goodbye.<br />
<br />
God Morgon - ''Good morning (used from sunrise until noon)''<br />
<br />
God Dag - ''Good day (used from noon until sunset)''<br />
<br />
God Väl - ''Good evening (used from sunset until about 10 or 11 pm)''<br />
<br />
God Nat - ''Good night (used from 10 or 11 pm until sunrise)''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Saying Goodbye - Farvel Sigin'''<br />
<br />
These are informal greetings for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Vey möder - ''We meet (we will meet again)''<br />
<br />
Senar - ''Later''<br />
<br />
Snart - ''Soon'' <br />
<br />
Ö Mórgoni - ''In the morning''<br />
<br />
<br />
The following formal greetings are suitable for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Farvel - ''Farewell''<br />
<br />
Vey aftur möderan - ''We will meet again''<br />
<br />
==Short texts - Kort Texter==<br />
<br />
Short texts in Viteberger can be found here: [[Viteberger short texts]]<br />
<br />
==Viteberger Culture - Viteberger Mening==<br />
<br />
Go to this page for: [[Viteberger Culture]]</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Viteberger&diff=80360Viteberger2014-08-04T08:39:12Z<p>Rpiereck: /* W Words - V Order */</p>
<hr />
<div>Viteberger is a Scandinavian language with SOV word order.<br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Alphabet and Pronunciation - Tékenrol ok Utal==<br />
<br />
Viteberger uses an alphabet similar to English, but missing the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z. The letters ä and ö are added, following a and o respectively on the alphabet order. The vowels marked with diacritic accents, á, é, í, ó, and ú are not considered separate letters in the alphabet but just a variation of the original vowels because all they do is mark the stressed syllable (or syllables) of a word.<br />
<br />
On foreign words and names the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z are used, but not in any Viteberger words.<br />
<br />
*[a] = a – on the vast majority of words it is pronounced short, like a in the Spanish casa, on a few rare words it is pronounced long, as the letter a in the English far.<br />
<br />
*[ɛː] = ä – pronounced similar to the ai in fair, the same as a German ä.<br />
<br />
*[b] - b – pronounced the same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[d] - d – same as English.<br />
<br />
*[ɛ] - e – pronounced as the e in deck, never as the e in deep.<br />
<br />
*[f] - f – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[g] - g – always pronounced as the g in game with all vowels, never as the g in gesture.<br />
<br />
*[h] - h – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[i] - i – always as the e in be.<br />
<br />
*[k] - k – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[l] - l – similar to English, but the sound is made with a flat tongue, not with its tip curled back as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ʎ] - ly – pronounced as the Portuguese digraph lh as in baralho.<br />
<br />
*[m] - m – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[n] - n – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɔ] - o – always as the o in forward.<br />
<br />
*[œ] - ö – same as a German ö.<br />
<br />
*[p] – p - same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɾ] - r – pronounced like an English r but with a single strong thrill, similar to a Brazilian Portuguese r as in prato.<br />
<br />
*[s] - s – always as the s in same, never as the s in Asian.<br />
<br />
*[ʃ] - sy – pronounced as the sh in sheet, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[t] - t - similar to English, but the sound is not retroflex, which means it is done with a flat tongue, not with it curled back.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty – always pronounced as the ch in chili pepper.<br />
<br />
*[dv] - tv – the t is pronounced as a d, and the v is fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty - pronounced as the ch in chili pepper, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[u] - U – similar to the oo in boot but pronounced shorter.<br />
<br />
*[v] - v - same as in English<br />
<br />
*[j] - y – pronounced as the y in yellow, semi-vocalic.<br />
<br />
Viteberger vowels are divided in two groups: back vowels (a, o, u), and front vowels (e, i, y, ä, ö). The soft vowels influence the pronunciation of the letters G, K, T and D, making them slightly more aspirated than when pronounced with back vowels.<br />
<br />
The following digraphs are pronounced differently when used with back or front vowels:<br />
<br />
* '''sk''' - when used with a back vowel it is pronounced as the sc in scar, when used with a front vowel it is pronounced as the sh in shoot.<br />
<br />
* Skotör – ''leap year'', pronounced [skotœɾ] /skotör/<br />
<br />
* Sköl – ''bowl'', pronounced [ʃœl] /shöl/<br />
<br />
* '''gn''' - pronounced as gn in agnostic when used with back vowels, pronounced as a long n when used with front vowels.<br />
<br />
* Gnat – ''gnat'', pronounced as a hard g sound followed by the word not: [gnot] /g-not/<br />
<br />
* Bignid – ''building'', pronounced as [binnid] /bin-nid/<br />
<br />
When the letter k appears on the end of a syllable following a front vowel it sounds like a g:<br />
<br />
* Försíktig - ''careful'', pronounced [fœrsigtig] /försigtig/<br />
<br />
==Marking of syllable stress - Stavélsestrésenus Märkar==<br />
<br />
The syllabic stress of a Viteberger root word that has no diacritic markers falls by default on the syllable next to the last. On the examples below the stressed syllable is bolded:<br />
<br />
*Morgon - ''morning''<br />
<br />
*Gulfisk - ''goldfish''<br />
<br />
*Somer - ''summer''<br />
<br />
If the stress of a root word’s syllable does not fall in the next to the last syllable, it is marked by an acute diacritic marker used over the stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Banán - ''banana''<br />
<br />
*bákan - ''to bake''<br />
<br />
When a root word becomes longer due to any grammatical feature (e.g. pluralization, compounding, etc), the acute diacritic stress marker must be taken into consideration. A word that had no acute diacritic stress marker will require one, while a word that had a diacritic stress marker may drop it:<br />
<br />
*Mórgondug - ''morning dew'' (the word became longer due to compounding with Dug dew but the stress still falls on the first syllable of Morgon, so that syllable is now marked)<br />
<br />
*Gúlfisken - ''goldfishes'' (word is now pluralized but stress still falls on the same syllable so it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*Sómerende - ''summer’s end'' (the word was compounded but stress stays on the same syllable and it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*ey bak - ''I bake'' (the infinitive suffix was dropped on the conjugated verb, and now the stressed syllable is on the default position, so the diacritic can be removed).<br />
<br />
<br />
When a compound word is formed and two consonants meet, sometimes there is a need to insert a vowel in between the root words to rebuild a vowel that used to be there in ancient Viteberger. This vowel, most often an e, forms a new syllable, and then the diacrritic marker of a word may still be written because the stress still falls outside of the default position:<br />
<br />
*Banánebred - ''banana bread'' (the new compound word maintains the stress on the second syllable of the original word, so the diacritic can be dropped)<br />
<br />
*Yárdeberetört - ''strawberry pie'' (compound made from Yárdeber, and Tört. Yárdeber itself is a compound made of Yárd and Ber)<br />
<br />
<br />
On long compound word where the main stressed syllable is more than two syllables away from the word’s end, there is a tendency to not pronounce the very last syllable, for example on the word Sómerende the last -e ends up not being pronounced, and the word ends up being pronounced /Sómerend/. For that reason, there are times when the secondary stress of a word is also marked, to maintain full pronunciation of he entire word. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger word for /syllable stresses/ itself is marked twice: once at the first and main stressed syllable, and a second time under the secondary stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Stavélsestrésen <br />
<br />
<br />
The first stress is the vél syllable, while the secondary stress is on the strés syllable. If the secondary syllable were not marked then the <br />
plural marker, the -en at the very end of the word, wouldn’t be fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
<br />
If a word contains a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside of the default stress position, then the stress will fall on that umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*födselan - ''to be born''<br />
<br />
*Skotör - ''leap year''<br />
<br />
<br />
If however there is a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside the default position and that syllable is not the stressed syllable, then the stressed syllable, even if on the default position, will be marked with the diacritic:<br />
<br />
*Bíör - ''beer ''(notice how the diacritic is used over the í because the last syllable contains an umlauted ö)<br />
<br />
*Bróköl - ''broccoli''<br />
<br />
*Kírkyörd - ''cemetery''<br />
<br />
<br />
On words where all syllables are umlauted, the stress will always fall on the default position:<br />
<br />
*Tönköt - ''tooth gum''<br />
<br />
*Söspön - ''sauce pan''<br />
<br />
*Työnör - ''teenager''<br />
<br />
<br />
Finally, on words where there are two umlauted syllables, but none of them fall on the default position, the stress will fall with the first umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*Hövednäs - ''headache''<br />
<br />
==Word order - Ord Ordnin==<br />
<br />
<br />
==Nouns and grammatical cases - Substantiven ok gramatisk Falen==<br />
<br />
<br />
As in German all nouns are always capitalized.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cases - Falen'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Cases are denoted simply by the ending of a noun. In Viteberger most nouns are declined. There are 3 genders (masculine, feminine and neuter) and 4 strong cases (nominative, accusative, dative and genitive), and one weak case (locative). There are also three grammatical articles: unspecified, indefinite and definite. Each noun gets declensed according to gender, case, article and number.<br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger is not largely a grammatical language, but instead a lexical language. This means that is it is verbs and prepositions which govern cases, rather than sentence position. If there is both a verb and preposition in the sentence it will be the preposition rather than the verb which decides the case.<br />
<br />
<br />
Masculine noun: <br />
<br />
Vater - ''father''<br />
<br />
<br />
Feminine noun: <br />
<br />
Moder – ''mother''<br />
<br />
<br />
Neuter: <br />
<br />
Hund – ''dog''<br />
<br />
Hus - ''house''<br />
<br />
<br />
Case table, click on the picture below for a larger version:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING '''''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterur - ''father (accusative, unspecified, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterun - ''a father (accusative, indefinite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterut - ''the father (accusative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderant - ''the mothers (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderist - ''the mothers’ (genitive, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderet - ''the mother (nominative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundus - ''dog’s, the dog’s (genitive, unspecified or definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundur - ''dogs’, some dogs’ (genitive, unspecified or indefinite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundnet - ''the dogs (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger locative case is called a weak case because it is used only when used for the English equivalent preposition in for all other prepositions used for location (near, at, on top of, etc) the locative case is not used. The locative case is also the only case that is also added to another case, so that a noun in the locative case may also be in the nominative, accusative, dative or genitive case:<br />
<br />
<br />
Váteris Naveneti - ''in the name of the father''<br />
<br />
<br />
In the above sentence the word ''Váteris'' is on the genitive, definite, singular (Vater+is), while the word ''Naveneti'' is on the accusative, definite, singular, locative (Naven+et+i).<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Vowel shift plural - Vokál skifin Flörtal'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On nouns ending in -en there is usually a vowel shift on the syllable preceding the last. <br />
<br />
<br />
a > ä<br />
<br />
<br />
e or i > no change<br />
<br />
<br />
o > ö<br />
<br />
<br />
u > ü<br />
<br />
<br />
Example of a vowel shift plural:<br />
<br />
<br />
Vapen - ''weapon''<br />
<br />
<br />
Väpen - ''weapons''<br />
<br />
<br />
Marten - ''marten''<br />
<br />
<br />
Märten - ''martens''<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven==<br />
<br />
<br />
There are two grammatical numbers, singular and plural; and two grammatical genders: human and neuter.<br />
<br />
<br />
The human gender is used to denote any human, the neuter gender is used for everything else. <br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger has an unique personal pronoun on the third person singular called the Blankpérson “blank person”, that is used in situations where the gender of the third person is yet unknown, or when it is used in a generic sense. That is similar to when in English the word “one” is used to substitute a pronoun in the third person singular. For simplification purposes this pronoun will be translated as “one” henceforth.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, nominative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
ey - ''I''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
han – ''he/she''<br />
<br />
en - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one (the blank person, aka Tömperson)''<br />
<br />
vi - ''we''<br />
<br />
ni - ''you''<br />
<br />
dey - ''they''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, accusative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mi - ''me''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
hon – ''him/her''<br />
<br />
sin - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one''<br />
<br />
os - ''us''<br />
<br />
nin - ''you''<br />
<br />
din - ''them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, dative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mir - ''to me''<br />
<br />
dir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
her - ''to him/her''<br />
<br />
sir - ''to it''<br />
<br />
miner - ''to one''<br />
<br />
vir - ''to us''<br />
<br />
nir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
der - ''to them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, genitive case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
men - ''my, mine''<br />
<br />
din - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
hans - ''her, hers''<br />
<br />
sin - ''its''<br />
<br />
vin - ''our, ours''<br />
<br />
nin - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
der - ''their, theirs''<br />
<br />
==Regular Verbs - Régelbúnden Verber==<br />
<br />
'''Infinitive - Infínitiv'''<br />
<br />
The infinitive of all verbs is marked with the suffix -an following the verbal root:<br />
<br />
verkan - ''to work''<br />
<br />
hopan - ''to jump''<br />
<br />
ritan - ''to draw''<br />
<br />
regnan - ''to rain''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Participles - Participer'''<br />
<br />
Viteberger has different participles for past, present and future, which are used to form the perfect aspect for each tense. The past participle is the verb root plus ''-et'' suffix. The present tense is the root plus ''-ar''. The future participle is the root plus ''-érei''.<br />
<br />
Past participle: ''verket''<br />
<br />
Present participle: ''verkar''<br />
<br />
Future participle: ''verkérei''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Present - Énkelnúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present tense is marked by the verb root used by the singular and the root plus the suffix ''-en'' for the plural:<br />
<br />
ey verk - ''I work''<br />
<br />
du verk - ''you work''<br />
<br />
er verk - ''he works''<br />
<br />
zi verk - ''she works''<br />
<br />
en verk - ''it works''<br />
<br />
min verk - ''one works''<br />
<br />
vey verken - ''we work''<br />
<br />
ney verken - ''you work''<br />
<br />
dey verken - ''they work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Present Perfect - Fulkómignúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present perfect is formed by the use of the auxiliary verb haban "to have", followed by the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hav verkar - ''I have worked''<br />
<br />
du hav verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
er hav verkar - ''he has worked''<br />
<br />
zi hav verkear - ''she has werked''<br />
<br />
en hav verket - ''it has worked''<br />
<br />
vey haven verkar - ''we have worked''<br />
<br />
ney haven verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
dey haven verkar - ''they have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Past - Énkelfórtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The past tense is formed by the verb root plus suffix ''-et'':<br />
<br />
ey verket - ''I worked''<br />
<br />
du verket - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
er verket - ''he worked''<br />
<br />
zi verket - ''she worked''<br />
<br />
en verket - ''it worked''<br />
<br />
vey verketen - ''we worked''<br />
<br />
ney verketen - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
dey verketen - ''they worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Past Perfect - Fulkómigfóstidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''in the past tense, plus the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hat verket - ''I had worked''<br />
<br />
du hat verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
er hat verket - ''he had worked''<br />
<br />
zi hat verket - ''she had worked''<br />
<br />
en hat verket - ''it had worked''<br />
<br />
vey haten verket - ''we had worked''<br />
<br />
ney haten verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
dey haten verket - ''they had worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Future - Énkelfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by adding the suffix -''éra ''to the singular forms, and -''éran ''to the plural forms. Notice how the syllable stress moves with the future tense.<br />
<br />
ey vérkera - ''I will work''<br />
<br />
du vérkera - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
er vérkera - ''he will work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkera - ''she will work''<br />
<br />
en vérkera - ''it will work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeran - ''we will work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeran - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeran - ''they will work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Future Perfect - Fulkómigfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''plus the future participle:<br />
<br />
ey hátera verkérei - ''I will have worked''<br />
<br />
du hátera verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
er hátera verkérei - ''he will have worked''<br />
<br />
zi hátera verkérei - ''she will have worked''<br />
<br />
en hátera verkérei - ''it will have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteran verkérei - ''we will have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteran verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteran verkérei - ''they will have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conditional mood - Vilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the suffix -''erat ''after the verb root:<br />
<br />
ey vérkerat - ''I would work''<br />
<br />
du vérkerat - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
er vérkerat - ''he would work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkerat - ''she would work''<br />
<br />
en vérkerat - ''it would work''<br />
<br />
min vérkerat - ''one would work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeraten - ''we would work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeraten - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeraten - ''they would work''<br />
<br />
<br />
Past conditional mood - '''Fórstidvilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by the use of the conditional form of the auxiliary verb ''haban ''with the past participle:<br />
<br />
ey háterat verket - ''I would have worked''<br />
<br />
du háterat verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
er háterat verket - ''he would have worked''<br />
<br />
zi háterat verket - ''she would have worked''<br />
<br />
en háterat verket - ''it would have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteraten verket - ''we would have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteraten verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteraten verket - ''they would have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Suggestive - Fórslagskap'''<br />
<br />
The suggestive is formed by using the present tense with the auxiliary verb ''skud:''<br />
<br />
ey skud verk - ''I should work''<br />
<br />
du skud verk - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
er skud verk - ''he should work''<br />
<br />
zi skud verk - ''she should work''<br />
<br />
en skud verk - ''it should work''<br />
<br />
min skud verk - ''one should work''<br />
<br />
vey skud verken - ''we should work''<br />
<br />
ney skud verken - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
dey skud verken - ''they should work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Imperative mood - Imperativskap'''<br />
<br />
The imperative is formed by using the suffix -''e ''attached to the root:<br />
<br />
verke - ''work''<br />
<br />
==The verbal prefix tig- - tig- vérbalisk Forskeytet==<br />
<br />
When making requests or wishes the verbal prefix ''tig-'' is used in conjunction with the imperative:<br />
<br />
vaknan - ''to wake up''<br />
<br />
vakne! - ''wake up!''<br />
<br />
tigvakne - ''please wake up''<br />
<br />
Note: the prefix ''tig-'' comes from the verb ''tigan'' “to beg”.<br />
<br />
==Prepositions and the dative case - Forméninger ok dátiv Falet==<br />
<br />
In general, the dative is used to mark the indirect object of a Viteberger sentence. In the following example ''Man'' is in the dative:<br />
<br />
Ey Manit Boket sendet - ''I sent the book to the man''<br />
<br />
In English, the same sentence may be rendered: “I sent the man the book.” The indirect object here is marked by standing in front of the direct object. The normal word order in Viteberger is also to put the dative in front of the accusative (as in the example above). However, since the Viteberger dative is marked in form, it can also be put after the accusative: ''Ey Boket Manit sendet''.<br />
<br />
Certain Viteberger prepositions require the dative: ''fra, nem, mot, med, efter, seden, av, fyer''. Other prepositions (''til, ö, bak, i, darauk, um, under, för, mil'') may be used with dative (indicating current location), or accusative (indicating direction toward something). ''Boket ö Bordit li'' (dative: the book is lying on the table), but ''Ey Boket ö Bordet set'' (accusative: I put the book onto the table).<br />
<br />
In addition, the four prepositions ''vegne'' (“because of”), ''trots'' (“in spite of”), ''anstät'' (“instead of”) and ''vid'' (“during”), which require the genitive in formal language, are most commonly used with the dative in colloquial Viteberger. For example, “because of the weather” is expressed as ''vegne Väterit'' instead of the formally correct ''vegen Väterus''. <br />
<br />
Note that the concept of an indirect object may be rendered by a prepositional phrase. In this case, the noun’s or pronoun’s case is determined by the preposition, NOT by its function in the sentence. <br />
<br />
Some Viteberger verbs require the dative for their direct objects. Common examples include ''folgan, hyalpan,'' and ''svaran''. In each case, the direct object of the verb is rendered in dative. For example:<br />
<br />
Men Viner mir hyalp. - ''My friends help me.''<br />
<br />
==W Words - V Order==<br />
<br />
In Viteberger the so-called V Order (V words) are the six W Words in English, plus ''how'':<br />
<br />
Var - ''What''<br />
<br />
Varfor - ''Why''<br />
<br />
Ven - ''When''<br />
<br />
Vard - ''Where''<br />
<br />
Vilk - ''Which''<br />
<br />
Vem - ''Who''<br />
<br />
Vor - ''How''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Example phrases'''<br />
<br />
Var gör du? ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Varfor är du her? Why are you here?<br />
<br />
Ven komt hen Hemi? When did she come home?<br />
<br />
Ken du, vard är meyn Níkeler? Where are my keys?<br />
<br />
Vilk är Kvina Sandra? Which woman is Sandra?<br />
<br />
Vem etet Blódkeyknit? Who ate the blood cakes?<br />
<br />
Vor betalet du for Benzinet? How did you pay for the gasoline?<br />
<br />
==Telling time - Tídmätar==<br />
<br />
==Time, Manner, Place - Tid, Hat, Stat==<br />
<br />
Viteberger puts adpositional phrases together using a Time, Manner, Place order, which is different from English, which uses a Place, Manner, Time order:<br />
<br />
* Ey yästern med Bili til Hemi komt.<br />
<br />
* /I yesterday by car to home came./<br />
<br />
* ''I came home by car yesterday''<br />
<br />
Notice also how yesterday is considered an adverb in Viteberger (as are most temporal words) and do not get capitalized like nouns, and are not declensed for case.<br />
<br />
==How to start a conversation in Viteberger==<br />
<br />
'''Informal Greetings - Uformlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
Here are a few informal ways of starting a conversation in Viteberger. Below are the phrases in Viteberger with the literal English translation, and the equivalent English phrase between parenthesis if needed.<br />
<br />
Var gör di? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Var gör? (slang) - ''What are you doing? (What’s up?)''<br />
<br />
Vor käna di? - ''How are you feeling? (How are you?)''<br />
<br />
Var händ núu? - ''What’s happening now? (What’s going on?)''<br />
<br />
Hey! - ''Hey! Hi!''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Formal Greetings - Formlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
The following greetings are used when meeting someone, not when saying goodbye.<br />
<br />
God Morgon - ''Good morning (used from sunrise until noon)''<br />
<br />
God Dag - ''Good day (used from noon until sunset)''<br />
<br />
God Väl - ''Good evening (used from sunset until about 10 or 11 pm)''<br />
<br />
God Nat - ''Good night (used from 10 or 11 pm until sunrise)''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Saying Goodbye - Farvel Sigin'''<br />
<br />
These are informal greetings for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Vey möder - ''We meet (we will meet again)''<br />
<br />
Senar - ''Later''<br />
<br />
Snart - ''Soon'' <br />
<br />
Ö Mórgoni - ''In the morning''<br />
<br />
<br />
The following formal greetings are suitable for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Farvel - ''Farewell''<br />
<br />
Vey aftur möderan - ''We will meet again''<br />
<br />
==Short texts - Kort Texter==<br />
<br />
Short texts in Viteberger can be found here: [[Viteberger short texts]]<br />
<br />
==Viteberger Culture - Viteberger Mening==<br />
<br />
Go to this page for: [[Viteberger Culture]]</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Viteberger&diff=80359Viteberger2014-08-04T08:33:31Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>Viteberger is a Scandinavian language with SOV word order.<br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Alphabet and Pronunciation - Tékenrol ok Utal==<br />
<br />
Viteberger uses an alphabet similar to English, but missing the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z. The letters ä and ö are added, following a and o respectively on the alphabet order. The vowels marked with diacritic accents, á, é, í, ó, and ú are not considered separate letters in the alphabet but just a variation of the original vowels because all they do is mark the stressed syllable (or syllables) of a word.<br />
<br />
On foreign words and names the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z are used, but not in any Viteberger words.<br />
<br />
*[a] = a – on the vast majority of words it is pronounced short, like a in the Spanish casa, on a few rare words it is pronounced long, as the letter a in the English far.<br />
<br />
*[ɛː] = ä – pronounced similar to the ai in fair, the same as a German ä.<br />
<br />
*[b] - b – pronounced the same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[d] - d – same as English.<br />
<br />
*[ɛ] - e – pronounced as the e in deck, never as the e in deep.<br />
<br />
*[f] - f – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[g] - g – always pronounced as the g in game with all vowels, never as the g in gesture.<br />
<br />
*[h] - h – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[i] - i – always as the e in be.<br />
<br />
*[k] - k – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[l] - l – similar to English, but the sound is made with a flat tongue, not with its tip curled back as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ʎ] - ly – pronounced as the Portuguese digraph lh as in baralho.<br />
<br />
*[m] - m – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[n] - n – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɔ] - o – always as the o in forward.<br />
<br />
*[œ] - ö – same as a German ö.<br />
<br />
*[p] – p - same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɾ] - r – pronounced like an English r but with a single strong thrill, similar to a Brazilian Portuguese r as in prato.<br />
<br />
*[s] - s – always as the s in same, never as the s in Asian.<br />
<br />
*[ʃ] - sy – pronounced as the sh in sheet, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[t] - t - similar to English, but the sound is not retroflex, which means it is done with a flat tongue, not with it curled back.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty – always pronounced as the ch in chili pepper.<br />
<br />
*[dv] - tv – the t is pronounced as a d, and the v is fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty - pronounced as the ch in chili pepper, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[u] - U – similar to the oo in boot but pronounced shorter.<br />
<br />
*[v] - v - same as in English<br />
<br />
*[j] - y – pronounced as the y in yellow, semi-vocalic.<br />
<br />
Viteberger vowels are divided in two groups: back vowels (a, o, u), and front vowels (e, i, y, ä, ö). The soft vowels influence the pronunciation of the letters G, K, T and D, making them slightly more aspirated than when pronounced with back vowels.<br />
<br />
The following digraphs are pronounced differently when used with back or front vowels:<br />
<br />
* '''sk''' - when used with a back vowel it is pronounced as the sc in scar, when used with a front vowel it is pronounced as the sh in shoot.<br />
<br />
* Skotör – ''leap year'', pronounced [skotœɾ] /skotör/<br />
<br />
* Sköl – ''bowl'', pronounced [ʃœl] /shöl/<br />
<br />
* '''gn''' - pronounced as gn in agnostic when used with back vowels, pronounced as a long n when used with front vowels.<br />
<br />
* Gnat – ''gnat'', pronounced as a hard g sound followed by the word not: [gnot] /g-not/<br />
<br />
* Bignid – ''building'', pronounced as [binnid] /bin-nid/<br />
<br />
When the letter k appears on the end of a syllable following a front vowel it sounds like a g:<br />
<br />
* Försíktig - ''careful'', pronounced [fœrsigtig] /försigtig/<br />
<br />
==Marking of syllable stress - Stavélsestrésenus Märkar==<br />
<br />
The syllabic stress of a Viteberger root word that has no diacritic markers falls by default on the syllable next to the last. On the examples below the stressed syllable is bolded:<br />
<br />
*Morgon - ''morning''<br />
<br />
*Gulfisk - ''goldfish''<br />
<br />
*Somer - ''summer''<br />
<br />
If the stress of a root word’s syllable does not fall in the next to the last syllable, it is marked by an acute diacritic marker used over the stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Banán - ''banana''<br />
<br />
*bákan - ''to bake''<br />
<br />
When a root word becomes longer due to any grammatical feature (e.g. pluralization, compounding, etc), the acute diacritic stress marker must be taken into consideration. A word that had no acute diacritic stress marker will require one, while a word that had a diacritic stress marker may drop it:<br />
<br />
*Mórgondug - ''morning dew'' (the word became longer due to compounding with Dug dew but the stress still falls on the first syllable of Morgon, so that syllable is now marked)<br />
<br />
*Gúlfisken - ''goldfishes'' (word is now pluralized but stress still falls on the same syllable so it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*Sómerende - ''summer’s end'' (the word was compounded but stress stays on the same syllable and it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*ey bak - ''I bake'' (the infinitive suffix was dropped on the conjugated verb, and now the stressed syllable is on the default position, so the diacritic can be removed).<br />
<br />
<br />
When a compound word is formed and two consonants meet, sometimes there is a need to insert a vowel in between the root words to rebuild a vowel that used to be there in ancient Viteberger. This vowel, most often an e, forms a new syllable, and then the diacrritic marker of a word may still be written because the stress still falls outside of the default position:<br />
<br />
*Banánebred - ''banana bread'' (the new compound word maintains the stress on the second syllable of the original word, so the diacritic can be dropped)<br />
<br />
*Yárdeberetört - ''strawberry pie'' (compound made from Yárdeber, and Tört. Yárdeber itself is a compound made of Yárd and Ber)<br />
<br />
<br />
On long compound word where the main stressed syllable is more than two syllables away from the word’s end, there is a tendency to not pronounce the very last syllable, for example on the word Sómerende the last -e ends up not being pronounced, and the word ends up being pronounced /Sómerend/. For that reason, there are times when the secondary stress of a word is also marked, to maintain full pronunciation of he entire word. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger word for /syllable stresses/ itself is marked twice: once at the first and main stressed syllable, and a second time under the secondary stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Stavélsestrésen <br />
<br />
<br />
The first stress is the vél syllable, while the secondary stress is on the strés syllable. If the secondary syllable were not marked then the <br />
plural marker, the -en at the very end of the word, wouldn’t be fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
<br />
If a word contains a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside of the default stress position, then the stress will fall on that umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*födselan - ''to be born''<br />
<br />
*Skotör - ''leap year''<br />
<br />
<br />
If however there is a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside the default position and that syllable is not the stressed syllable, then the stressed syllable, even if on the default position, will be marked with the diacritic:<br />
<br />
*Bíör - ''beer ''(notice how the diacritic is used over the í because the last syllable contains an umlauted ö)<br />
<br />
*Bróköl - ''broccoli''<br />
<br />
*Kírkyörd - ''cemetery''<br />
<br />
<br />
On words where all syllables are umlauted, the stress will always fall on the default position:<br />
<br />
*Tönköt - ''tooth gum''<br />
<br />
*Söspön - ''sauce pan''<br />
<br />
*Työnör - ''teenager''<br />
<br />
<br />
Finally, on words where there are two umlauted syllables, but none of them fall on the default position, the stress will fall with the first umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*Hövednäs - ''headache''<br />
<br />
==Word order - Ord Ordnin==<br />
<br />
<br />
==Nouns and grammatical cases - Substantiven ok gramatisk Falen==<br />
<br />
<br />
As in German all nouns are always capitalized.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cases - Falen'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Cases are denoted simply by the ending of a noun. In Viteberger most nouns are declined. There are 3 genders (masculine, feminine and neuter) and 4 strong cases (nominative, accusative, dative and genitive), and one weak case (locative). There are also three grammatical articles: unspecified, indefinite and definite. Each noun gets declensed according to gender, case, article and number.<br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger is not largely a grammatical language, but instead a lexical language. This means that is it is verbs and prepositions which govern cases, rather than sentence position. If there is both a verb and preposition in the sentence it will be the preposition rather than the verb which decides the case.<br />
<br />
<br />
Masculine noun: <br />
<br />
Vater - ''father''<br />
<br />
<br />
Feminine noun: <br />
<br />
Moder – ''mother''<br />
<br />
<br />
Neuter: <br />
<br />
Hund – ''dog''<br />
<br />
Hus - ''house''<br />
<br />
<br />
Case table, click on the picture below for a larger version:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING '''''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterur - ''father (accusative, unspecified, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterun - ''a father (accusative, indefinite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterut - ''the father (accusative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderant - ''the mothers (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderist - ''the mothers’ (genitive, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderet - ''the mother (nominative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundus - ''dog’s, the dog’s (genitive, unspecified or definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundur - ''dogs’, some dogs’ (genitive, unspecified or indefinite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundnet - ''the dogs (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger locative case is called a weak case because it is used only when used for the English equivalent preposition in for all other prepositions used for location (near, at, on top of, etc) the locative case is not used. The locative case is also the only case that is also added to another case, so that a noun in the locative case may also be in the nominative, accusative, dative or genitive case:<br />
<br />
<br />
Váteris Naveneti - ''in the name of the father''<br />
<br />
<br />
In the above sentence the word ''Váteris'' is on the genitive, definite, singular (Vater+is), while the word ''Naveneti'' is on the accusative, definite, singular, locative (Naven+et+i).<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Vowel shift plural - Vokál skifin Flörtal'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On nouns ending in -en there is usually a vowel shift on the syllable preceding the last. <br />
<br />
<br />
a > ä<br />
<br />
<br />
e or i > no change<br />
<br />
<br />
o > ö<br />
<br />
<br />
u > ü<br />
<br />
<br />
Example of a vowel shift plural:<br />
<br />
<br />
Vapen - ''weapon''<br />
<br />
<br />
Väpen - ''weapons''<br />
<br />
<br />
Marten - ''marten''<br />
<br />
<br />
Märten - ''martens''<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven==<br />
<br />
<br />
There are two grammatical numbers, singular and plural; and two grammatical genders: human and neuter.<br />
<br />
<br />
The human gender is used to denote any human, the neuter gender is used for everything else. <br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger has an unique personal pronoun on the third person singular called the Blankpérson “blank person”, that is used in situations where the gender of the third person is yet unknown, or when it is used in a generic sense. That is similar to when in English the word “one” is used to substitute a pronoun in the third person singular. For simplification purposes this pronoun will be translated as “one” henceforth.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, nominative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
ey - ''I''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
han – ''he/she''<br />
<br />
en - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one (the blank person, aka Tömperson)''<br />
<br />
vi - ''we''<br />
<br />
ni - ''you''<br />
<br />
dey - ''they''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, accusative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mi - ''me''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
hon – ''him/her''<br />
<br />
sin - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one''<br />
<br />
os - ''us''<br />
<br />
nin - ''you''<br />
<br />
din - ''them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, dative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mir - ''to me''<br />
<br />
dir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
her - ''to him/her''<br />
<br />
sir - ''to it''<br />
<br />
miner - ''to one''<br />
<br />
vir - ''to us''<br />
<br />
nir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
der - ''to them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, genitive case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
men - ''my, mine''<br />
<br />
din - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
hans - ''her, hers''<br />
<br />
sin - ''its''<br />
<br />
vin - ''our, ours''<br />
<br />
nin - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
der - ''their, theirs''<br />
<br />
==Regular Verbs - Régelbúnden Verber==<br />
<br />
'''Infinitive - Infínitiv'''<br />
<br />
The infinitive of all verbs is marked with the suffix -an following the verbal root:<br />
<br />
verkan - ''to work''<br />
<br />
hopan - ''to jump''<br />
<br />
ritan - ''to draw''<br />
<br />
regnan - ''to rain''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Participles - Participer'''<br />
<br />
Viteberger has different participles for past, present and future, which are used to form the perfect aspect for each tense. The past participle is the verb root plus ''-et'' suffix. The present tense is the root plus ''-ar''. The future participle is the root plus ''-érei''.<br />
<br />
Past participle: ''verket''<br />
<br />
Present participle: ''verkar''<br />
<br />
Future participle: ''verkérei''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Present - Énkelnúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present tense is marked by the verb root used by the singular and the root plus the suffix ''-en'' for the plural:<br />
<br />
ey verk - ''I work''<br />
<br />
du verk - ''you work''<br />
<br />
er verk - ''he works''<br />
<br />
zi verk - ''she works''<br />
<br />
en verk - ''it works''<br />
<br />
min verk - ''one works''<br />
<br />
vey verken - ''we work''<br />
<br />
ney verken - ''you work''<br />
<br />
dey verken - ''they work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Present Perfect - Fulkómignúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present perfect is formed by the use of the auxiliary verb haban "to have", followed by the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hav verkar - ''I have worked''<br />
<br />
du hav verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
er hav verkar - ''he has worked''<br />
<br />
zi hav verkear - ''she has werked''<br />
<br />
en hav verket - ''it has worked''<br />
<br />
vey haven verkar - ''we have worked''<br />
<br />
ney haven verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
dey haven verkar - ''they have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Past - Énkelfórtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The past tense is formed by the verb root plus suffix ''-et'':<br />
<br />
ey verket - ''I worked''<br />
<br />
du verket - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
er verket - ''he worked''<br />
<br />
zi verket - ''she worked''<br />
<br />
en verket - ''it worked''<br />
<br />
vey verketen - ''we worked''<br />
<br />
ney verketen - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
dey verketen - ''they worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Past Perfect - Fulkómigfóstidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''in the past tense, plus the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hat verket - ''I had worked''<br />
<br />
du hat verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
er hat verket - ''he had worked''<br />
<br />
zi hat verket - ''she had worked''<br />
<br />
en hat verket - ''it had worked''<br />
<br />
vey haten verket - ''we had worked''<br />
<br />
ney haten verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
dey haten verket - ''they had worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Future - Énkelfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by adding the suffix -''éra ''to the singular forms, and -''éran ''to the plural forms. Notice how the syllable stress moves with the future tense.<br />
<br />
ey vérkera - ''I will work''<br />
<br />
du vérkera - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
er vérkera - ''he will work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkera - ''she will work''<br />
<br />
en vérkera - ''it will work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeran - ''we will work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeran - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeran - ''they will work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Future Perfect - Fulkómigfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''plus the future participle:<br />
<br />
ey hátera verkérei - ''I will have worked''<br />
<br />
du hátera verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
er hátera verkérei - ''he will have worked''<br />
<br />
zi hátera verkérei - ''she will have worked''<br />
<br />
en hátera verkérei - ''it will have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteran verkérei - ''we will have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteran verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteran verkérei - ''they will have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conditional mood - Vilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the suffix -''erat ''after the verb root:<br />
<br />
ey vérkerat - ''I would work''<br />
<br />
du vérkerat - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
er vérkerat - ''he would work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkerat - ''she would work''<br />
<br />
en vérkerat - ''it would work''<br />
<br />
min vérkerat - ''one would work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeraten - ''we would work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeraten - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeraten - ''they would work''<br />
<br />
<br />
Past conditional mood - '''Fórstidvilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by the use of the conditional form of the auxiliary verb ''haban ''with the past participle:<br />
<br />
ey háterat verket - ''I would have worked''<br />
<br />
du háterat verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
er háterat verket - ''he would have worked''<br />
<br />
zi háterat verket - ''she would have worked''<br />
<br />
en háterat verket - ''it would have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteraten verket - ''we would have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteraten verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteraten verket - ''they would have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Suggestive - Fórslagskap'''<br />
<br />
The suggestive is formed by using the present tense with the auxiliary verb ''skud:''<br />
<br />
ey skud verk - ''I should work''<br />
<br />
du skud verk - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
er skud verk - ''he should work''<br />
<br />
zi skud verk - ''she should work''<br />
<br />
en skud verk - ''it should work''<br />
<br />
min skud verk - ''one should work''<br />
<br />
vey skud verken - ''we should work''<br />
<br />
ney skud verken - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
dey skud verken - ''they should work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Imperative mood - Imperativskap'''<br />
<br />
The imperative is formed by using the suffix -''e ''attached to the root:<br />
<br />
verke - ''work''<br />
<br />
==The verbal prefix tig- - tig- vérbalisk Forskeytet==<br />
<br />
When making requests or wishes the verbal prefix ''tig-'' is used in conjunction with the imperative:<br />
<br />
vaknan - ''to wake up''<br />
<br />
vakne! - ''wake up!''<br />
<br />
tigvakne - ''please wake up''<br />
<br />
Note: the prefix ''tig-'' comes from the verb ''tigan'' “to beg”.<br />
<br />
==Prepositions and the dative case - Forméninger ok dátiv Falet==<br />
<br />
In general, the dative is used to mark the indirect object of a Viteberger sentence. In the following example ''Man'' is in the dative:<br />
<br />
Ey Manit Boket sendet - ''I sent the book to the man''<br />
<br />
In English, the same sentence may be rendered: “I sent the man the book.” The indirect object here is marked by standing in front of the direct object. The normal word order in Viteberger is also to put the dative in front of the accusative (as in the example above). However, since the Viteberger dative is marked in form, it can also be put after the accusative: ''Ey Boket Manit sendet''.<br />
<br />
Certain Viteberger prepositions require the dative: ''fra, nem, mot, med, efter, seden, av, fyer''. Other prepositions (''til, ö, bak, i, darauk, um, under, för, mil'') may be used with dative (indicating current location), or accusative (indicating direction toward something). ''Boket ö Bordit li'' (dative: the book is lying on the table), but ''Ey Boket ö Bordet set'' (accusative: I put the book onto the table).<br />
<br />
In addition, the four prepositions ''vegne'' (“because of”), ''trots'' (“in spite of”), ''anstät'' (“instead of”) and ''vid'' (“during”), which require the genitive in formal language, are most commonly used with the dative in colloquial Viteberger. For example, “because of the weather” is expressed as ''vegne Väterit'' instead of the formally correct ''vegen Väterus''. <br />
<br />
Note that the concept of an indirect object may be rendered by a prepositional phrase. In this case, the noun’s or pronoun’s case is determined by the preposition, NOT by its function in the sentence. <br />
<br />
Some Viteberger verbs require the dative for their direct objects. Common examples include ''folgan, hyalpan,'' and ''svaran''. In each case, the direct object of the verb is rendered in dative. For example:<br />
<br />
Men Viner mir hyalp. - ''My friends help me.''<br />
<br />
==W Words - V Order==<br />
<br />
In Viteberger the so-called V Order (V words) are the six W Words in English, plus how:<br />
<br />
Var - ''What''<br />
Varfor - ''Why''<br />
Ven - ''When''<br />
Vard - ''Where''<br />
Vilk - ''Which''<br />
Vem - ''Who''<br />
Vor - ''How''<br />
<br />
Var gör du? ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Varfor är du her? Why are you here?<br />
<br />
Ven komt hen Hemi? When did she come home?<br />
<br />
Ken du, vard är meyn Níkeler? Where are my keys?<br />
<br />
Vilk är Kvina Sandra? Which woman is Sandra?<br />
<br />
Vem etet Blódkeyknit? Who ate the blood cakes?<br />
<br />
Vor betalet du for Benzinet? How did you pay for the gasoline?<br />
<br />
==Telling time - Tídmätar==<br />
<br />
==Time, Manner, Place - Tid, Hat, Stat==<br />
<br />
Viteberger puts adpositional phrases together using a Time, Manner, Place order, which is different from English, which uses a Place, Manner, Time order:<br />
<br />
* Ey yästern med Bili til Hemi komt.<br />
<br />
* /I yesterday by car to home came./<br />
<br />
* ''I came home by car yesterday''<br />
<br />
Notice also how yesterday is considered an adverb in Viteberger (as are most temporal words) and do not get capitalized like nouns, and are not declensed for case.<br />
<br />
==How to start a conversation in Viteberger==<br />
<br />
'''Informal Greetings - Uformlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
Here are a few informal ways of starting a conversation in Viteberger. Below are the phrases in Viteberger with the literal English translation, and the equivalent English phrase between parenthesis if needed.<br />
<br />
Var gör di? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Var gör? (slang) - ''What are you doing? (What’s up?)''<br />
<br />
Vor käna di? - ''How are you feeling? (How are you?)''<br />
<br />
Var händ núu? - ''What’s happening now? (What’s going on?)''<br />
<br />
Hey! - ''Hey! Hi!''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Formal Greetings - Formlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
The following greetings are used when meeting someone, not when saying goodbye.<br />
<br />
God Morgon - ''Good morning (used from sunrise until noon)''<br />
<br />
God Dag - ''Good day (used from noon until sunset)''<br />
<br />
God Väl - ''Good evening (used from sunset until about 10 or 11 pm)''<br />
<br />
God Nat - ''Good night (used from 10 or 11 pm until sunrise)''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Saying Goodbye - Farvel Sigin'''<br />
<br />
These are informal greetings for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Vey möder - ''We meet (we will meet again)''<br />
<br />
Senar - ''Later''<br />
<br />
Snart - ''Soon'' <br />
<br />
Ö Mórgoni - ''In the morning''<br />
<br />
<br />
The following formal greetings are suitable for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Farvel - ''Farewell''<br />
<br />
Vey aftur möderan - ''We will meet again''<br />
<br />
==Short texts - Kort Texter==<br />
<br />
Short texts in Viteberger can be found here: [[Viteberger short texts]]<br />
<br />
==Viteberger Culture - Viteberger Mening==<br />
<br />
Go to this page for: [[Viteberger Culture]]</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Viteberger&diff=80358Viteberger2014-08-04T08:30:54Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Nouns and grammatical cases - Substantiven ok gramatisk Falen */</p>
<hr />
<div>Viteberger is a Scandinavian language with SOV word order.<br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Alphabet and Pronunciation - Tékenrol ok Utal==<br />
<br />
Viteberger uses an alphabet similar to English, but missing the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z. The letters ä and ö are added, following a and o respectively on the alphabet order. The vowels marked with diacritic accents, á, é, í, ó, and ú are not considered separate letters in the alphabet but just a variation of the original vowels because all they do is mark the stressed syllable (or syllables) of a word.<br />
<br />
On foreign words and names the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z are used, but not in any Viteberger words.<br />
<br />
*[a] = a – on the vast majority of words it is pronounced short, like a in the Spanish casa, on a few rare words it is pronounced long, as the letter a in the English far.<br />
<br />
*[ɛː] = ä – pronounced similar to the ai in fair, the same as a German ä.<br />
<br />
*[b] - b – pronounced the same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[d] - d – same as English.<br />
<br />
*[ɛ] - e – pronounced as the e in deck, never as the e in deep.<br />
<br />
*[f] - f – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[g] - g – always pronounced as the g in game with all vowels, never as the g in gesture.<br />
<br />
*[h] - h – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[i] - i – always as the e in be.<br />
<br />
*[k] - k – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[l] - l – similar to English, but the sound is made with a flat tongue, not with its tip curled back as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ʎ] - ly – pronounced as the Portuguese digraph lh as in baralho.<br />
<br />
*[m] - m – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[n] - n – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɔ] - o – always as the o in forward.<br />
<br />
*[œ] - ö – same as a German ö.<br />
<br />
*[p] – p - same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɾ] - r – pronounced like an English r but with a single strong thrill, similar to a Brazilian Portuguese r as in prato.<br />
<br />
*[s] - s – always as the s in same, never as the s in Asian.<br />
<br />
*[ʃ] - sy – pronounced as the sh in sheet, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[t] - t - similar to English, but the sound is not retroflex, which means it is done with a flat tongue, not with it curled back.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty – always pronounced as the ch in chili pepper.<br />
<br />
*[dv] - tv – the t is pronounced as a d, and the v is fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty - pronounced as the ch in chili pepper, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[u] - U – similar to the oo in boot but pronounced shorter.<br />
<br />
*[v] - v - same as in English<br />
<br />
*[j] - y – pronounced as the y in yellow, semi-vocalic.<br />
<br />
Viteberger vowels are divided in two groups: back vowels (a, o, u), and front vowels (e, i, y, ä, ö). The soft vowels influence the pronunciation of the letters G, K, T and D, making them slightly more aspirated than when pronounced with back vowels.<br />
<br />
The following digraphs are pronounced differently when used with back or front vowels:<br />
<br />
* '''sk''' - when used with a back vowel it is pronounced as the sc in scar, when used with a front vowel it is pronounced as the sh in shoot.<br />
<br />
* Skotör – ''leap year'', pronounced [skotœɾ] /skotör/<br />
<br />
* Sköl – ''bowl'', pronounced [ʃœl] /shöl/<br />
<br />
* '''gn''' - pronounced as gn in agnostic when used with back vowels, pronounced as a long n when used with front vowels.<br />
<br />
* Gnat – ''gnat'', pronounced as a hard g sound followed by the word not: [gnot] /g-not/<br />
<br />
* Bignid – ''building'', pronounced as [binnid] /bin-nid/<br />
<br />
When the letter k appears on the end of a syllable following a front vowel it sounds like a g:<br />
<br />
* Försíktig - ''careful'', pronounced [fœrsigtig] /försigtig/<br />
<br />
==Marking of syllable stress - Stavélsestrésenus Märkar==<br />
<br />
The syllabic stress of a Viteberger root word that has no diacritic markers falls by default on the syllable next to the last. On the examples below the stressed syllable is bolded:<br />
<br />
*Morgon - ''morning''<br />
<br />
*Gulfisk - ''goldfish''<br />
<br />
*Somer - ''summer''<br />
<br />
If the stress of a root word’s syllable does not fall in the next to the last syllable, it is marked by an acute diacritic marker used over the stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Banán - ''banana''<br />
<br />
*bákan - ''to bake''<br />
<br />
When a root word becomes longer due to any grammatical feature (e.g. pluralization, compounding, etc), the acute diacritic stress marker must be taken into consideration. A word that had no acute diacritic stress marker will require one, while a word that had a diacritic stress marker may drop it:<br />
<br />
*Mórgondug - ''morning dew'' (the word became longer due to compounding with Dug dew but the stress still falls on the first syllable of Morgon, so that syllable is now marked)<br />
<br />
*Gúlfisken - ''goldfishes'' (word is now pluralized but stress still falls on the same syllable so it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*Sómerende - ''summer’s end'' (the word was compounded but stress stays on the same syllable and it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*ey bak - ''I bake'' (the infinitive suffix was dropped on the conjugated verb, and now the stressed syllable is on the default position, so the diacritic can be removed).<br />
<br />
<br />
When a compound word is formed and two consonants meet, sometimes there is a need to insert a vowel in between the root words to rebuild a vowel that used to be there in ancient Viteberger. This vowel, most often an e, forms a new syllable, and then the diacrritic marker of a word may still be written because the stress still falls outside of the default position:<br />
<br />
*Banánebred - ''banana bread'' (the new compound word maintains the stress on the second syllable of the original word, so the diacritic can be dropped)<br />
<br />
*Yárdeberetört - ''strawberry pie'' (compound made from Yárdeber, and Tört. Yárdeber itself is a compound made of Yárd and Ber)<br />
<br />
<br />
On long compound word where the main stressed syllable is more than two syllables away from the word’s end, there is a tendency to not pronounce the very last syllable, for example on the word Sómerende the last -e ends up not being pronounced, and the word ends up being pronounced /Sómerend/. For that reason, there are times when the secondary stress of a word is also marked, to maintain full pronunciation of he entire word. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger word for /syllable stresses/ itself is marked twice: once at the first and main stressed syllable, and a second time under the secondary stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Stavélsestrésen <br />
<br />
<br />
The first stress is the vél syllable, while the secondary stress is on the strés syllable. If the secondary syllable were not marked then the <br />
plural marker, the -en at the very end of the word, wouldn’t be fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
<br />
If a word contains a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside of the default stress position, then the stress will fall on that umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*födselan - ''to be born''<br />
<br />
*Skotör - ''leap year''<br />
<br />
<br />
If however there is a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside the default position and that syllable is not the stressed syllable, then the stressed syllable, even if on the default position, will be marked with the diacritic:<br />
<br />
*Bíör - ''beer ''(notice how the diacritic is used over the í because the last syllable contains an umlauted ö)<br />
<br />
*Bróköl - ''broccoli''<br />
<br />
*Kírkyörd - ''cemetery''<br />
<br />
<br />
On words where all syllables are umlauted, the stress will always fall on the default position:<br />
<br />
*Tönköt - ''tooth gum''<br />
<br />
*Söspön - ''sauce pan''<br />
<br />
*Työnör - ''teenager''<br />
<br />
<br />
Finally, on words where there are two umlauted syllables, but none of them fall on the default position, the stress will fall with the first umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*Hövednäs - ''headache''<br />
<br />
==Word order - Ord Ordnin==<br />
<br />
As in German all nouns are always capitalized.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cases - Falen'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Cases are denoted simply by the ending of a noun. In Viteberger most nouns are declined. There are 3 genders (masculine, feminine and neuter) and 4 strong cases (nominative, accusative, dative and genitive), and one weak case (locative). There are also three grammatical articles: unspecified, indefinite and definite. Each noun gets declensed according to gender, case, article and number.<br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger is not largely a grammatical language, but instead a lexical language. This means that is it is verbs and prepositions which govern cases, rather than sentence position. If there is both a verb and preposition in the sentence it will be the preposition rather than the verb which decides the case.<br />
<br />
<br />
Masculine noun: <br />
<br />
Vater - ''father''<br />
<br />
<br />
Feminine noun: <br />
<br />
Moder – ''mother''<br />
<br />
<br />
Neuter: <br />
<br />
Hund – ''dog''<br />
<br />
Hus - ''house''<br />
<br />
<br />
Case table, click on the picture below for a larger version:<br />
<br />
'''''IMAGE PENDING '''''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterur - ''father (accusative, unspecified, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterun - ''a father (accusative, indefinite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Váterut - ''the father (accusative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderant - ''the mothers (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderist - ''the mothers’ (genitive, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Móderet - ''the mother (nominative, definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundus - ''dog’s, the dog’s (genitive, unspecified or definite, singular)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundur - ''dogs’, some dogs’ (genitive, unspecified or indefinite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
Hundnet - ''the dogs (accusative, definite, plural)''<br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger locative case is called a weak case because it is used only when used for the English equivalent preposition in for all other prepositions used for location (near, at, on top of, etc) the locative case is not used. The locative case is also the only case that is also added to another case, so that a noun in the locative case may also be in the nominative, accusative, dative or genitive case:<br />
<br />
<br />
Váteris Naveneti - ''in the name of the father''<br />
<br />
<br />
In the above sentence the word ''Váteris'' is on the genitive, definite, singular (Vater+is), while the word ''Naveneti'' is on the accusative, definite, singular, locative (Naven+et+i).<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Vowel shift plural - Vokál skifin Flörtal'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On nouns ending in -en there is usually a vowel shift on the syllable preceding the last. <br />
<br />
<br />
a > ä<br />
<br />
<br />
e or i > no change<br />
<br />
<br />
o > ö<br />
<br />
<br />
u > ü<br />
<br />
<br />
Example of a vowel shift plural:<br />
<br />
<br />
Vapen - ''weapon''<br />
<br />
<br />
Väpen - ''weapons''<br />
<br />
<br />
Marten - ''marten''<br />
<br />
<br />
Märten - ''martens''<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven==<br />
<br />
<br />
There are two grammatical numbers, singular and plural; and two grammatical genders: human and neuter.<br />
<br />
<br />
The human gender is used to denote any human, the neuter gender is used for everything else. <br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger has an unique personal pronoun on the third person singular called the Blankpérson “blank person”, that is used in situations where the gender of the third person is yet unknown, or when it is used in a generic sense. That is similar to when in English the word “one” is used to substitute a pronoun in the third person singular. For simplification purposes this pronoun will be translated as “one” henceforth.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, nominative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
ey - ''I''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
han – ''he/she''<br />
<br />
en - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one (the blank person, aka Tömperson)''<br />
<br />
vi - ''we''<br />
<br />
ni - ''you''<br />
<br />
dey - ''they''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, accusative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mi - ''me''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
hon – ''him/her''<br />
<br />
sin - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one''<br />
<br />
os - ''us''<br />
<br />
nin - ''you''<br />
<br />
din - ''them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, dative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mir - ''to me''<br />
<br />
dir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
her - ''to him/her''<br />
<br />
sir - ''to it''<br />
<br />
miner - ''to one''<br />
<br />
vir - ''to us''<br />
<br />
nir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
der - ''to them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, genitive case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
men - ''my, mine''<br />
<br />
din - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
hans - ''her, hers''<br />
<br />
sin - ''its''<br />
<br />
vin - ''our, ours''<br />
<br />
nin - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
der - ''their, theirs''<br />
<br />
==Regular Verbs - Régelbúnden Verber==<br />
<br />
'''Infinitive - Infínitiv'''<br />
<br />
The infinitive of all verbs is marked with the suffix -an following the verbal root:<br />
<br />
verkan - ''to work''<br />
<br />
hopan - ''to jump''<br />
<br />
ritan - ''to draw''<br />
<br />
regnan - ''to rain''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Participles - Participer'''<br />
<br />
Viteberger has different participles for past, present and future, which are used to form the perfect aspect for each tense. The past participle is the verb root plus ''-et'' suffix. The present tense is the root plus ''-ar''. The future participle is the root plus ''-érei''.<br />
<br />
Past participle: ''verket''<br />
<br />
Present participle: ''verkar''<br />
<br />
Future participle: ''verkérei''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Present - Énkelnúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present tense is marked by the verb root used by the singular and the root plus the suffix ''-en'' for the plural:<br />
<br />
ey verk - ''I work''<br />
<br />
du verk - ''you work''<br />
<br />
er verk - ''he works''<br />
<br />
zi verk - ''she works''<br />
<br />
en verk - ''it works''<br />
<br />
min verk - ''one works''<br />
<br />
vey verken - ''we work''<br />
<br />
ney verken - ''you work''<br />
<br />
dey verken - ''they work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Present Perfect - Fulkómignúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present perfect is formed by the use of the auxiliary verb haban "to have", followed by the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hav verkar - ''I have worked''<br />
<br />
du hav verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
er hav verkar - ''he has worked''<br />
<br />
zi hav verkear - ''she has werked''<br />
<br />
en hav verket - ''it has worked''<br />
<br />
vey haven verkar - ''we have worked''<br />
<br />
ney haven verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
dey haven verkar - ''they have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Past - Énkelfórtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The past tense is formed by the verb root plus suffix ''-et'':<br />
<br />
ey verket - ''I worked''<br />
<br />
du verket - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
er verket - ''he worked''<br />
<br />
zi verket - ''she worked''<br />
<br />
en verket - ''it worked''<br />
<br />
vey verketen - ''we worked''<br />
<br />
ney verketen - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
dey verketen - ''they worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Past Perfect - Fulkómigfóstidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''in the past tense, plus the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hat verket - ''I had worked''<br />
<br />
du hat verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
er hat verket - ''he had worked''<br />
<br />
zi hat verket - ''she had worked''<br />
<br />
en hat verket - ''it had worked''<br />
<br />
vey haten verket - ''we had worked''<br />
<br />
ney haten verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
dey haten verket - ''they had worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Future - Énkelfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by adding the suffix -''éra ''to the singular forms, and -''éran ''to the plural forms. Notice how the syllable stress moves with the future tense.<br />
<br />
ey vérkera - ''I will work''<br />
<br />
du vérkera - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
er vérkera - ''he will work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkera - ''she will work''<br />
<br />
en vérkera - ''it will work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeran - ''we will work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeran - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeran - ''they will work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Future Perfect - Fulkómigfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''plus the future participle:<br />
<br />
ey hátera verkérei - ''I will have worked''<br />
<br />
du hátera verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
er hátera verkérei - ''he will have worked''<br />
<br />
zi hátera verkérei - ''she will have worked''<br />
<br />
en hátera verkérei - ''it will have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteran verkérei - ''we will have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteran verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteran verkérei - ''they will have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conditional mood - Vilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the suffix -''erat ''after the verb root:<br />
<br />
ey vérkerat - ''I would work''<br />
<br />
du vérkerat - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
er vérkerat - ''he would work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkerat - ''she would work''<br />
<br />
en vérkerat - ''it would work''<br />
<br />
min vérkerat - ''one would work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeraten - ''we would work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeraten - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeraten - ''they would work''<br />
<br />
<br />
Past conditional mood - '''Fórstidvilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by the use of the conditional form of the auxiliary verb ''haban ''with the past participle:<br />
<br />
ey háterat verket - ''I would have worked''<br />
<br />
du háterat verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
er háterat verket - ''he would have worked''<br />
<br />
zi háterat verket - ''she would have worked''<br />
<br />
en háterat verket - ''it would have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteraten verket - ''we would have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteraten verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteraten verket - ''they would have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Suggestive - Fórslagskap'''<br />
<br />
The suggestive is formed by using the present tense with the auxiliary verb ''skud:''<br />
<br />
ey skud verk - ''I should work''<br />
<br />
du skud verk - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
er skud verk - ''he should work''<br />
<br />
zi skud verk - ''she should work''<br />
<br />
en skud verk - ''it should work''<br />
<br />
min skud verk - ''one should work''<br />
<br />
vey skud verken - ''we should work''<br />
<br />
ney skud verken - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
dey skud verken - ''they should work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Imperative mood - Imperativskap'''<br />
<br />
The imperative is formed by using the suffix -''e ''attached to the root:<br />
<br />
verke - ''work''<br />
<br />
==The verbal prefix tig- - tig- vérbalisk Forskeytet==<br />
<br />
When making requests or wishes the verbal prefix ''tig-'' is used in conjunction with the imperative:<br />
<br />
vaknan - ''to wake up''<br />
<br />
vakne! - ''wake up!''<br />
<br />
tigvakne - ''please wake up''<br />
<br />
Note: the prefix ''tig-'' comes from the verb ''tigan'' “to beg”.<br />
<br />
==Prepositions and the dative case - Forméninger ok dátiv Falet==<br />
<br />
In general, the dative is used to mark the indirect object of a Viteberger sentence. In the following example ''Man'' is in the dative:<br />
<br />
Ey Manit Boket sendet - ''I sent the book to the man''<br />
<br />
In English, the same sentence may be rendered: “I sent the man the book.” The indirect object here is marked by standing in front of the direct object. The normal word order in Viteberger is also to put the dative in front of the accusative (as in the example above). However, since the Viteberger dative is marked in form, it can also be put after the accusative: ''Ey Boket Manit sendet''.<br />
<br />
Certain Viteberger prepositions require the dative: ''fra, nem, mot, med, efter, seden, av, fyer''. Other prepositions (''til, ö, bak, i, darauk, um, under, för, mil'') may be used with dative (indicating current location), or accusative (indicating direction toward something). ''Boket ö Bordit li'' (dative: the book is lying on the table), but ''Ey Boket ö Bordet set'' (accusative: I put the book onto the table).<br />
<br />
In addition, the four prepositions ''vegne'' (“because of”), ''trots'' (“in spite of”), ''anstät'' (“instead of”) and ''vid'' (“during”), which require the genitive in formal language, are most commonly used with the dative in colloquial Viteberger. For example, “because of the weather” is expressed as ''vegne Väterit'' instead of the formally correct ''vegen Väterus''. <br />
<br />
Note that the concept of an indirect object may be rendered by a prepositional phrase. In this case, the noun’s or pronoun’s case is determined by the preposition, NOT by its function in the sentence. <br />
<br />
Some Viteberger verbs require the dative for their direct objects. Common examples include ''folgan, hyalpan,'' and ''svaran''. In each case, the direct object of the verb is rendered in dative. For example:<br />
<br />
Men Viner mir hyalp. - ''My friends help me.''<br />
<br />
==W Words - V Order==<br />
<br />
In Viteberger the so-called V Order (V words) are the six W Words in English, plus how:<br />
<br />
Var - ''What''<br />
Varfor - ''Why''<br />
Ven - ''When''<br />
Vard - ''Where''<br />
Vilk - ''Which''<br />
Vem - ''Who''<br />
Vor - ''How''<br />
<br />
Var gör du? ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Varfor är du her? Why are you here?<br />
<br />
Ven komt hen Hemi? When did she come home?<br />
<br />
Ken du, vard är meyn Níkeler? Where are my keys?<br />
<br />
Vilk är Kvina Sandra? Which woman is Sandra?<br />
<br />
Vem etet Blódkeyknit? Who ate the blood cakes?<br />
<br />
Vor betalet du for Benzinet? How did you pay for the gasoline?<br />
<br />
==Telling time - Tídmätar==<br />
<br />
==Time, Manner, Place - Tid, Hat, Stat==<br />
<br />
Viteberger puts adpositional phrases together using a Time, Manner, Place order, which is different from English, which uses a Place, Manner, Time order:<br />
<br />
* Ey yästern med Bili til Hemi komt.<br />
<br />
* /I yesterday by car to home came./<br />
<br />
* ''I came home by car yesterday''<br />
<br />
Notice also how yesterday is considered an adverb in Viteberger (as are most temporal words) and do not get capitalized like nouns, and are not declensed for case.<br />
<br />
==How to start a conversation in Viteberger==<br />
<br />
'''Informal Greetings - Uformlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
Here are a few informal ways of starting a conversation in Viteberger. Below are the phrases in Viteberger with the literal English translation, and the equivalent English phrase between parenthesis if needed.<br />
<br />
Var gör di? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Var gör? (slang) - ''What are you doing? (What’s up?)''<br />
<br />
Vor käna di? - ''How are you feeling? (How are you?)''<br />
<br />
Var händ núu? - ''What’s happening now? (What’s going on?)''<br />
<br />
Hey! - ''Hey! Hi!''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Formal Greetings - Formlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
The following greetings are used when meeting someone, not when saying goodbye.<br />
<br />
God Morgon - ''Good morning (used from sunrise until noon)''<br />
<br />
God Dag - ''Good day (used from noon until sunset)''<br />
<br />
God Väl - ''Good evening (used from sunset until about 10 or 11 pm)''<br />
<br />
God Nat - ''Good night (used from 10 or 11 pm until sunrise)''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Saying Goodbye - Farvel Sigin'''<br />
<br />
These are informal greetings for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Vey möder - ''We meet (we will meet again)''<br />
<br />
Senar - ''Later''<br />
<br />
Snart - ''Soon'' <br />
<br />
Ö Mórgoni - ''In the morning''<br />
<br />
<br />
The following formal greetings are suitable for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Farvel - ''Farewell''<br />
<br />
Vey aftur möderan - ''We will meet again''<br />
<br />
==Short texts - Kort Texter==<br />
<br />
Short texts in Viteberger can be found here: [[Viteberger short texts]]<br />
<br />
==Viteberger Culture - Viteberger Mening==<br />
<br />
Go to this page for: [[Viteberger Culture]]</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Viteberger&diff=80357Viteberger2014-08-04T08:24:17Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven */</p>
<hr />
<div>Viteberger is a Scandinavian language with SOV word order.<br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Alphabet and Pronunciation - Tékenrol ok Utal==<br />
<br />
Viteberger uses an alphabet similar to English, but missing the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z. The letters ä and ö are added, following a and o respectively on the alphabet order. The vowels marked with diacritic accents, á, é, í, ó, and ú are not considered separate letters in the alphabet but just a variation of the original vowels because all they do is mark the stressed syllable (or syllables) of a word.<br />
<br />
On foreign words and names the letters c, j, q, w, x, and z are used, but not in any Viteberger words.<br />
<br />
*[a] = a – on the vast majority of words it is pronounced short, like a in the Spanish casa, on a few rare words it is pronounced long, as the letter a in the English far.<br />
<br />
*[ɛː] = ä – pronounced similar to the ai in fair, the same as a German ä.<br />
<br />
*[b] - b – pronounced the same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[d] - d – same as English.<br />
<br />
*[ɛ] - e – pronounced as the e in deck, never as the e in deep.<br />
<br />
*[f] - f – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[g] - g – always pronounced as the g in game with all vowels, never as the g in gesture.<br />
<br />
*[h] - h – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[i] - i – always as the e in be.<br />
<br />
*[k] - k – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[l] - l – similar to English, but the sound is made with a flat tongue, not with its tip curled back as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ʎ] - ly – pronounced as the Portuguese digraph lh as in baralho.<br />
<br />
*[m] - m – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[n] - n – same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɔ] - o – always as the o in forward.<br />
<br />
*[œ] - ö – same as a German ö.<br />
<br />
*[p] – p - same as in English.<br />
<br />
*[ɾ] - r – pronounced like an English r but with a single strong thrill, similar to a Brazilian Portuguese r as in prato.<br />
<br />
*[s] - s – always as the s in same, never as the s in Asian.<br />
<br />
*[ʃ] - sy – pronounced as the sh in sheet, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[t] - t - similar to English, but the sound is not retroflex, which means it is done with a flat tongue, not with it curled back.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty – always pronounced as the ch in chili pepper.<br />
<br />
*[dv] - tv – the t is pronounced as a d, and the v is fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
*[ʧ] - ty - pronounced as the ch in chili pepper, always followed by a vowel.<br />
<br />
*[u] - U – similar to the oo in boot but pronounced shorter.<br />
<br />
*[v] - v - same as in English<br />
<br />
*[j] - y – pronounced as the y in yellow, semi-vocalic.<br />
<br />
Viteberger vowels are divided in two groups: back vowels (a, o, u), and front vowels (e, i, y, ä, ö). The soft vowels influence the pronunciation of the letters G, K, T and D, making them slightly more aspirated than when pronounced with back vowels.<br />
<br />
The following digraphs are pronounced differently when used with back or front vowels:<br />
<br />
* '''sk''' - when used with a back vowel it is pronounced as the sc in scar, when used with a front vowel it is pronounced as the sh in shoot.<br />
<br />
* Skotör – ''leap year'', pronounced [skotœɾ] /skotör/<br />
<br />
* Sköl – ''bowl'', pronounced [ʃœl] /shöl/<br />
<br />
* '''gn''' - pronounced as gn in agnostic when used with back vowels, pronounced as a long n when used with front vowels.<br />
<br />
* Gnat – ''gnat'', pronounced as a hard g sound followed by the word not: [gnot] /g-not/<br />
<br />
* Bignid – ''building'', pronounced as [binnid] /bin-nid/<br />
<br />
When the letter k appears on the end of a syllable following a front vowel it sounds like a g:<br />
<br />
* Försíktig - ''careful'', pronounced [fœrsigtig] /försigtig/<br />
<br />
==Marking of syllable stress - Stavélsestrésenus Märkar==<br />
<br />
The syllabic stress of a Viteberger root word that has no diacritic markers falls by default on the syllable next to the last. On the examples below the stressed syllable is bolded:<br />
<br />
*Morgon - ''morning''<br />
<br />
*Gulfisk - ''goldfish''<br />
<br />
*Somer - ''summer''<br />
<br />
If the stress of a root word’s syllable does not fall in the next to the last syllable, it is marked by an acute diacritic marker used over the stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Banán - ''banana''<br />
<br />
*bákan - ''to bake''<br />
<br />
When a root word becomes longer due to any grammatical feature (e.g. pluralization, compounding, etc), the acute diacritic stress marker must be taken into consideration. A word that had no acute diacritic stress marker will require one, while a word that had a diacritic stress marker may drop it:<br />
<br />
*Mórgondug - ''morning dew'' (the word became longer due to compounding with Dug dew but the stress still falls on the first syllable of Morgon, so that syllable is now marked)<br />
<br />
*Gúlfisken - ''goldfishes'' (word is now pluralized but stress still falls on the same syllable so it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*Sómerende - ''summer’s end'' (the word was compounded but stress stays on the same syllable and it must be marked)<br />
<br />
*ey bak - ''I bake'' (the infinitive suffix was dropped on the conjugated verb, and now the stressed syllable is on the default position, so the diacritic can be removed).<br />
<br />
<br />
When a compound word is formed and two consonants meet, sometimes there is a need to insert a vowel in between the root words to rebuild a vowel that used to be there in ancient Viteberger. This vowel, most often an e, forms a new syllable, and then the diacrritic marker of a word may still be written because the stress still falls outside of the default position:<br />
<br />
*Banánebred - ''banana bread'' (the new compound word maintains the stress on the second syllable of the original word, so the diacritic can be dropped)<br />
<br />
*Yárdeberetört - ''strawberry pie'' (compound made from Yárdeber, and Tört. Yárdeber itself is a compound made of Yárd and Ber)<br />
<br />
<br />
On long compound word where the main stressed syllable is more than two syllables away from the word’s end, there is a tendency to not pronounce the very last syllable, for example on the word Sómerende the last -e ends up not being pronounced, and the word ends up being pronounced /Sómerend/. For that reason, there are times when the secondary stress of a word is also marked, to maintain full pronunciation of he entire word. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Viteberger word for /syllable stresses/ itself is marked twice: once at the first and main stressed syllable, and a second time under the secondary stressed syllable:<br />
<br />
*Stavélsestrésen <br />
<br />
<br />
The first stress is the vél syllable, while the secondary stress is on the strés syllable. If the secondary syllable were not marked then the <br />
plural marker, the -en at the very end of the word, wouldn’t be fully pronounced.<br />
<br />
<br />
If a word contains a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside of the default stress position, then the stress will fall on that umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*födselan - ''to be born''<br />
<br />
*Skotör - ''leap year''<br />
<br />
<br />
If however there is a syllable with an umlauted vowel outside the default position and that syllable is not the stressed syllable, then the stressed syllable, even if on the default position, will be marked with the diacritic:<br />
<br />
*Bíör - ''beer ''(notice how the diacritic is used over the í because the last syllable contains an umlauted ö)<br />
<br />
*Bróköl - ''broccoli''<br />
<br />
*Kírkyörd - ''cemetery''<br />
<br />
<br />
On words where all syllables are umlauted, the stress will always fall on the default position:<br />
<br />
*Tönköt - ''tooth gum''<br />
<br />
*Söspön - ''sauce pan''<br />
<br />
*Työnör - ''teenager''<br />
<br />
<br />
Finally, on words where there are two umlauted syllables, but none of them fall on the default position, the stress will fall with the first umlauted syllable:<br />
<br />
*Hövednäs - ''headache''<br />
<br />
==Word order - Ord Ordnin==<br />
<br />
==Nouns and grammatical cases - Substantiven ok gramatisk Falen==<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns - Persónlisk Förnáven==<br />
<br />
<br />
There are two grammatical numbers, singular and plural; and two grammatical genders: human and neuter.<br />
<br />
<br />
The human gender is used to denote any human, the neuter gender is used for everything else. <br />
<br />
<br />
Viteberger has an unique personal pronoun on the third person singular called the Blankpérson “blank person”, that is used in situations where the gender of the third person is yet unknown, or when it is used in a generic sense. That is similar to when in English the word “one” is used to substitute a pronoun in the third person singular. For simplification purposes this pronoun will be translated as “one” henceforth.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, nominative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
ey - ''I''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
han – ''he/she''<br />
<br />
en - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one (the blank person, aka Tömperson)''<br />
<br />
vi - ''we''<br />
<br />
ni - ''you''<br />
<br />
dey - ''they''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, accusative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mi - ''me''<br />
<br />
du - ''you''<br />
<br />
hon – ''him/her''<br />
<br />
sin - ''it''<br />
<br />
min - ''one''<br />
<br />
os - ''us''<br />
<br />
nin - ''you''<br />
<br />
din - ''them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, dative case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
mir - ''to me''<br />
<br />
dir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
her - ''to him/her''<br />
<br />
sir - ''to it''<br />
<br />
miner - ''to one''<br />
<br />
vir - ''to us''<br />
<br />
nir - ''to you''<br />
<br />
der - ''to them''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Personal pronouns, genitive case'''<br />
<br />
<br />
men - ''my, mine''<br />
<br />
din - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
hans - ''her, hers''<br />
<br />
sin - ''its''<br />
<br />
vin - ''our, ours''<br />
<br />
nin - ''your, yours''<br />
<br />
der - ''their, theirs''<br />
<br />
==Regular Verbs - Régelbúnden Verber==<br />
<br />
'''Infinitive - Infínitiv'''<br />
<br />
The infinitive of all verbs is marked with the suffix -an following the verbal root:<br />
<br />
verkan - ''to work''<br />
<br />
hopan - ''to jump''<br />
<br />
ritan - ''to draw''<br />
<br />
regnan - ''to rain''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Participles - Participer'''<br />
<br />
Viteberger has different participles for past, present and future, which are used to form the perfect aspect for each tense. The past participle is the verb root plus ''-et'' suffix. The present tense is the root plus ''-ar''. The future participle is the root plus ''-érei''.<br />
<br />
Past participle: ''verket''<br />
<br />
Present participle: ''verkar''<br />
<br />
Future participle: ''verkérei''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Present - Énkelnúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present tense is marked by the verb root used by the singular and the root plus the suffix ''-en'' for the plural:<br />
<br />
ey verk - ''I work''<br />
<br />
du verk - ''you work''<br />
<br />
er verk - ''he works''<br />
<br />
zi verk - ''she works''<br />
<br />
en verk - ''it works''<br />
<br />
min verk - ''one works''<br />
<br />
vey verken - ''we work''<br />
<br />
ney verken - ''you work''<br />
<br />
dey verken - ''they work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Present Perfect - Fulkómignúutidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The present perfect is formed by the use of the auxiliary verb haban "to have", followed by the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hav verkar - ''I have worked''<br />
<br />
du hav verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
er hav verkar - ''he has worked''<br />
<br />
zi hav verkear - ''she has werked''<br />
<br />
en hav verket - ''it has worked''<br />
<br />
vey haven verkar - ''we have worked''<br />
<br />
ney haven verkar - ''you have worked''<br />
<br />
dey haven verkar - ''they have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Past - Énkelfórtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
The past tense is formed by the verb root plus suffix ''-et'':<br />
<br />
ey verket - ''I worked''<br />
<br />
du verket - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
er verket - ''he worked''<br />
<br />
zi verket - ''she worked''<br />
<br />
en verket - ''it worked''<br />
<br />
vey verketen - ''we worked''<br />
<br />
ney verketen - ''you worked''<br />
<br />
dey verketen - ''they worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Past Perfect - Fulkómigfóstidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''in the past tense, plus the present participle:<br />
<br />
ey hat verket - ''I had worked''<br />
<br />
du hat verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
er hat verket - ''he had worked''<br />
<br />
zi hat verket - ''she had worked''<br />
<br />
en hat verket - ''it had worked''<br />
<br />
vey haten verket - ''we had worked''<br />
<br />
ney haten verket - ''you had worked''<br />
<br />
dey haten verket - ''they had worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Simple Future - Énkelfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by adding the suffix -''éra ''to the singular forms, and -''éran ''to the plural forms. Notice how the syllable stress moves with the future tense.<br />
<br />
ey vérkera - ''I will work''<br />
<br />
du vérkera - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
er vérkera - ''he will work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkera - ''she will work''<br />
<br />
en vérkera - ''it will work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeran - ''we will work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeran - ''you will work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeran - ''they will work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Future Perfect - Fulkómigfrámtidspänt'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the auxiliary verb ''haban ''plus the future participle:<br />
<br />
ey hátera verkérei - ''I will have worked''<br />
<br />
du hátera verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
er hátera verkérei - ''he will have worked''<br />
<br />
zi hátera verkérei - ''she will have worked''<br />
<br />
en hátera verkérei - ''it will have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteran verkérei - ''we will have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteran verkérei - ''you will have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteran verkérei - ''they will have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Conditional mood - Vilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by using the suffix -''erat ''after the verb root:<br />
<br />
ey vérkerat - ''I would work''<br />
<br />
du vérkerat - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
er vérkerat - ''he would work''<br />
<br />
zi vérkerat - ''she would work''<br />
<br />
en vérkerat - ''it would work''<br />
<br />
min vérkerat - ''one would work''<br />
<br />
vey vérkeraten - ''we would work''<br />
<br />
ney vérkeraten - ''you would work''<br />
<br />
dey vérkeraten - ''they would work''<br />
<br />
<br />
Past conditional mood - '''Fórstidvilkórligskap'''<br />
<br />
Formed by the use of the conditional form of the auxiliary verb ''haban ''with the past participle:<br />
<br />
ey háterat verket - ''I would have worked''<br />
<br />
du háterat verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
er háterat verket - ''he would have worked''<br />
<br />
zi háterat verket - ''she would have worked''<br />
<br />
en háterat verket - ''it would have worked''<br />
<br />
vey háteraten verket - ''we would have worked''<br />
<br />
ney háteraten verket - ''you would have worked''<br />
<br />
dey háteraten verket - ''they would have worked''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Suggestive - Fórslagskap'''<br />
<br />
The suggestive is formed by using the present tense with the auxiliary verb ''skud:''<br />
<br />
ey skud verk - ''I should work''<br />
<br />
du skud verk - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
er skud verk - ''he should work''<br />
<br />
zi skud verk - ''she should work''<br />
<br />
en skud verk - ''it should work''<br />
<br />
min skud verk - ''one should work''<br />
<br />
vey skud verken - ''we should work''<br />
<br />
ney skud verken - ''you should work''<br />
<br />
dey skud verken - ''they should work''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Imperative mood - Imperativskap'''<br />
<br />
The imperative is formed by using the suffix -''e ''attached to the root:<br />
<br />
verke - ''work''<br />
<br />
==The verbal prefix tig- - tig- vérbalisk Forskeytet==<br />
<br />
When making requests or wishes the verbal prefix ''tig-'' is used in conjunction with the imperative:<br />
<br />
vaknan - ''to wake up''<br />
<br />
vakne! - ''wake up!''<br />
<br />
tigvakne - ''please wake up''<br />
<br />
Note: the prefix ''tig-'' comes from the verb ''tigan'' “to beg”.<br />
<br />
==Prepositions and the dative case - Forméninger ok dátiv Falet==<br />
<br />
In general, the dative is used to mark the indirect object of a Viteberger sentence. In the following example ''Man'' is in the dative:<br />
<br />
Ey Manit Boket sendet - ''I sent the book to the man''<br />
<br />
In English, the same sentence may be rendered: “I sent the man the book.” The indirect object here is marked by standing in front of the direct object. The normal word order in Viteberger is also to put the dative in front of the accusative (as in the example above). However, since the Viteberger dative is marked in form, it can also be put after the accusative: ''Ey Boket Manit sendet''.<br />
<br />
Certain Viteberger prepositions require the dative: ''fra, nem, mot, med, efter, seden, av, fyer''. Other prepositions (''til, ö, bak, i, darauk, um, under, för, mil'') may be used with dative (indicating current location), or accusative (indicating direction toward something). ''Boket ö Bordit li'' (dative: the book is lying on the table), but ''Ey Boket ö Bordet set'' (accusative: I put the book onto the table).<br />
<br />
In addition, the four prepositions ''vegne'' (“because of”), ''trots'' (“in spite of”), ''anstät'' (“instead of”) and ''vid'' (“during”), which require the genitive in formal language, are most commonly used with the dative in colloquial Viteberger. For example, “because of the weather” is expressed as ''vegne Väterit'' instead of the formally correct ''vegen Väterus''. <br />
<br />
Note that the concept of an indirect object may be rendered by a prepositional phrase. In this case, the noun’s or pronoun’s case is determined by the preposition, NOT by its function in the sentence. <br />
<br />
Some Viteberger verbs require the dative for their direct objects. Common examples include ''folgan, hyalpan,'' and ''svaran''. In each case, the direct object of the verb is rendered in dative. For example:<br />
<br />
Men Viner mir hyalp. - ''My friends help me.''<br />
<br />
==W Words - V Order==<br />
<br />
In Viteberger the so-called V Order (V words) are the six W Words in English, plus how:<br />
<br />
Var - ''What''<br />
Varfor - ''Why''<br />
Ven - ''When''<br />
Vard - ''Where''<br />
Vilk - ''Which''<br />
Vem - ''Who''<br />
Vor - ''How''<br />
<br />
Var gör du? ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Varfor är du her? Why are you here?<br />
<br />
Ven komt hen Hemi? When did she come home?<br />
<br />
Ken du, vard är meyn Níkeler? Where are my keys?<br />
<br />
Vilk är Kvina Sandra? Which woman is Sandra?<br />
<br />
Vem etet Blódkeyknit? Who ate the blood cakes?<br />
<br />
Vor betalet du for Benzinet? How did you pay for the gasoline?<br />
<br />
==Telling time - Tídmätar==<br />
<br />
==Time, Manner, Place - Tid, Hat, Stat==<br />
<br />
Viteberger puts adpositional phrases together using a Time, Manner, Place order, which is different from English, which uses a Place, Manner, Time order:<br />
<br />
* Ey yästern med Bili til Hemi komt.<br />
<br />
* /I yesterday by car to home came./<br />
<br />
* ''I came home by car yesterday''<br />
<br />
Notice also how yesterday is considered an adverb in Viteberger (as are most temporal words) and do not get capitalized like nouns, and are not declensed for case.<br />
<br />
==How to start a conversation in Viteberger==<br />
<br />
'''Informal Greetings - Uformlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
Here are a few informal ways of starting a conversation in Viteberger. Below are the phrases in Viteberger with the literal English translation, and the equivalent English phrase between parenthesis if needed.<br />
<br />
Var gör di? - ''What are you doing?''<br />
<br />
Var gör? (slang) - ''What are you doing? (What’s up?)''<br />
<br />
Vor käna di? - ''How are you feeling? (How are you?)''<br />
<br />
Var händ núu? - ''What’s happening now? (What’s going on?)''<br />
<br />
Hey! - ''Hey! Hi!''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Formal Greetings - Formlik Hälsinger'''<br />
<br />
The following greetings are used when meeting someone, not when saying goodbye.<br />
<br />
God Morgon - ''Good morning (used from sunrise until noon)''<br />
<br />
God Dag - ''Good day (used from noon until sunset)''<br />
<br />
God Väl - ''Good evening (used from sunset until about 10 or 11 pm)''<br />
<br />
God Nat - ''Good night (used from 10 or 11 pm until sunrise)''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Saying Goodbye - Farvel Sigin'''<br />
<br />
These are informal greetings for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Vey möder - ''We meet (we will meet again)''<br />
<br />
Senar - ''Later''<br />
<br />
Snart - ''Soon'' <br />
<br />
Ö Mórgoni - ''In the morning''<br />
<br />
<br />
The following formal greetings are suitable for saying goodbye:<br />
<br />
Farvel - ''Farewell''<br />
<br />
Vey aftur möderan - ''We will meet again''<br />
<br />
==Short texts - Kort Texter==<br />
<br />
Short texts in Viteberger can be found here: [[Viteberger short texts]]<br />
<br />
==Viteberger Culture - Viteberger Mening==<br />
<br />
Go to this page for: [[Viteberger Culture]]</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79981Groöndaler2014-07-18T22:17:17Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|it<br />
|git<br />
|gi<br />
|gin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|we<br />
|vi<br />
|os<br />
|ors<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you (inf)<br />
|ðou<br />
|ði<br />
|ðajn<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|you (form)<br />
|ðit<br />
|ði<br />
|ðin<br />
|ðer<br />
|-<br />
|they<br />
|ðej<br />
|ðem<br />
|ðen<br />
|sin<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Gröndaler uses the same pronoun for male and female humans, while any non-human noun is neuter:<br />
<br />
*er hejt Arn<br />
<br />
*''he is called Arn''<br />
<br />
<br />
*er ist en moder for tri barn<br />
<br />
*''she is a mother of three children''<br />
<br />
<br />
The reflexive is used similarly to the German sich, but changes according to person:<br />
<br />
*ik se sik <br />
<br />
*''I see myself''<br />
<br />
<br />
*ðou kled ser <br />
<br />
*''you dress yourself''<br />
<br />
<br />
*ðej hevt sin <br />
<br />
*''they raised themselves''</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79980Groöndaler2014-07-18T22:16:28Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|it<br />
|git<br />
|gi<br />
|gin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|we<br />
|vi<br />
|os<br />
|ors<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you (inf)<br />
|ðou<br />
|ði<br />
|ðajn<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|you (form)<br />
|ðit<br />
|ði<br />
|ðin<br />
|ðer<br />
|-<br />
|they<br />
|ðej<br />
|ðem<br />
|ðen<br />
|sin<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Gröndaler uses the same pronoun for male and female humans, while any non-human noun is neuter:<br />
<br />
er hejt Arn<br />
''he is called Arn''<br />
<br />
er ist en moder for tri barn<br />
''she is a mother of three children''<br />
<br />
<br />
The reflexive is used similarly to the German sich, but changes according to person:<br />
<br />
ik se sik <br />
''I see myself''<br />
<br />
ðou kled ser <br />
''you dress yourself''<br />
<br />
ðej hevt sin <br />
''they raised themselves''</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79979Groöndaler2014-07-18T22:15:57Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|it<br />
|git<br />
|gi<br />
|gin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|we<br />
|vi<br />
|os<br />
|ors<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you (inf)<br />
|ðou<br />
|ði<br />
|ðajn<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|you (form)<br />
|ðit<br />
|ði<br />
|ðin<br />
|ðer<br />
|-<br />
|they<br />
|ðej<br />
|ðem<br />
|ðen<br />
|sin<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Gröndaler uses the same pronoun for male and female humans, while any non-human noun is neuter:<br />
<br />
er hejt Arn<br />
''he is called Arn''<br />
<br />
er ist en moder for tri barn<br />
''she is a mother of three children''<br />
<br />
The reflexive is used similarly to the German sich, but changes according to person:<br />
<br />
ik se sik <br />
''I see myself''<br />
<br />
ðou kled ser <br />
''you dress yourself''<br />
<br />
ðej hevt sin <br />
''they raised themselves''</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79978Groöndaler2014-07-18T22:15:10Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Gröndaler uses the same pronoun for male and female humans, while any non-human noun is neuter:<br />
<br />
er hejt Arn<br />
''he is called Arn''<br />
<br />
er ist en moder for tri barn<br />
''she is a mother of three children''<br />
<br />
The reflexive is used similarly to the German sich, but changes according to person:<br />
<br />
ik se sik <br />
''I see myself''<br />
<br />
ðou kled ser <br />
''you dress yourself''<br />
<br />
ðej hevt sin <br />
''they raised themselves''</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79977Groöndaler2014-07-18T22:11:57Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|it<br />
|git<br />
|gi<br />
|gin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|we<br />
|vi<br />
|os<br />
|ors<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you (inf)<br />
|ðou<br />
|ði<br />
|ðajn<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|you (form)<br />
|ðit<br />
|ði<br />
|ðin<br />
|ðer<br />
|-<br />
|they<br />
|ðej<br />
|ðem<br />
|ðen<br />
|sin<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Gröndaler uses the same pronoun for male and female humans, while any non-human noun is neuter:<br />
<br />
er hejt Arn<br />
''he is called Arn''<br />
<br />
er ist en moder for tri barn<br />
''she is a mother of three children''<br />
<br />
The reflexive is used similarly to the German sich, but changes according to person:<br />
<br />
ik se sik <br />
''I see myself''<br />
<br />
ðou kled ser <br />
''you dress yourself''<br />
<br />
ðej hevt sin <br />
''they raised themselves''</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79976Groöndaler2014-07-18T22:04:25Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|it<br />
|git<br />
|gi<br />
|gin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|we<br />
|vi<br />
|os<br />
|ors<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you (inf)<br />
|ðou<br />
|ði<br />
|ðajn<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|you (form)<br />
|ðit<br />
|ði<br />
|ðin<br />
|ðer<br />
|-<br />
|they<br />
|ðej<br />
|ðem<br />
|ðen<br />
|sin<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Gröndaler uses the same pronoun for male and female humans, while any non-human noun is neuter:<br />
<br />
er hejt Arn<br />
''he is called Arn''<br />
<br />
er ist en moder for tri barn<br />
''she is a mother of three children''<br />
<br />
The reflexive is used similarly to the German sich, but changes according to person:<br />
<br />
ik se sik <br />
''I see myself''<br />
<br />
ðou kled ser <br />
''you dress yourself''<br />
<br />
ðej hevt sin <br />
''they raised themselves''</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79975Groöndaler2014-07-18T22:04:04Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|it<br />
|git<br />
|gi<br />
|gin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|we<br />
|vi<br />
|os<br />
|ors<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you (inf)<br />
|ðou<br />
|ði<br />
|ðajn<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|you (form)<br />
|ðit<br />
|ði<br />
|ðin<br />
|ðer<br />
|-<br />
|they<br />
|ðej<br />
|ðem<br />
|ðen<br />
|sin<br />
<br />
Gröndaler uses the same pronoun for male and female humans, while any non-human noun is neuter:<br />
<br />
er hejt Arn<br />
''he is called Arn''<br />
<br />
er ist en moder for tri barn<br />
''she is a mother of three children''<br />
<br />
The reflexive is used similarly to the German sich, but changes according to person:<br />
<br />
ik se sik <br />
''I see myself''<br />
<br />
ðou kled ser <br />
''you dress yourself''<br />
<br />
ðej hevt sin <br />
''they raised themselves''</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79974Groöndaler2014-07-18T21:57:00Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|it<br />
|git<br />
|gi<br />
|gin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|we<br />
|vi<br />
|os<br />
|ors<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you (inf)<br />
|ðou<br />
|ði<br />
|ðajn<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|you (form)<br />
|ðit<br />
|ði<br />
|ðin<br />
|ðer<br />
|-<br />
|they<br />
|ðej<br />
|ðem<br />
|ðen<br />
|sin<br />
<br />
Gröndaler uses the same pronoun for male and female humans, while any non-human noun is neuter:<br />
<br />
er hejt Arn<br />
''he is called Arn''<br />
<br />
er ist en moder for tri barn<br />
''she is a mother of three children''<br />
<br />
The reflexive is used similarly to the German sich, but changes according to person:<br />
<br />
ik se sik <br />
''I see myself''<br />
<br />
ðou kled ser <br />
''you dress yourself''<br />
<br />
ðej hevt sin they raised themselves</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79973Groöndaler2014-07-18T21:53:07Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|it<br />
|git<br />
|gi<br />
|gin<br />
|sin<br />
|-<br />
|we<br />
|vi<br />
|os<br />
|ors<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you (inf)<br />
|ðou<br />
|ði<br />
|ðajn<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|you (form)<br />
|ðit<br />
|ði<br />
|ðin<br />
|ðer<br />
|-<br />
|they<br />
|ðej<br />
|ðem<br />
|ðen<br />
|sin</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79972Groöndaler2014-07-18T21:48:01Z<p>Rpiereck: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|-<br />
|you<br />
|du<br />
|di<br />
|din<br />
|ser<br />
|-<br />
|he/she<br />
|er<br />
|si<br />
|sin<br />
|sin<br />
|-</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79971Groöndaler2014-07-18T21:45:29Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
''|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik''<br />
|</div>Rpiereckhttps://www.frathwiki.com/index.php?title=Gro%C3%B6ndaler&diff=79970Groöndaler2014-07-18T21:44:54Z<p>Rpiereck: /* Personal Pronouns */</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Gröndaler''' is a Germanic [[conlang]] which was created by Renato Piereck. <br />
<br />
Author: Rpiereck [[http://www.frathwiki.com/User:Rpiereck]]<br />
<br />
==Personal Pronouns==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|English<br />
|NOM<br />
|ACC/DAT<br />
|GEN<br />
|REFL<br />
|-<br />
|I<br />
|ik<br />
|mi<br />
|min<br />
|sik<br />
|</div>Rpiereck